Worry is a misuse of imagination.
Volume - 5 Issue - 9
March, 2010 (Monthly Magazine)
Editorial / Mailing Office :
112-B, Shakti Nagar, Kota (Raj.) 324009
Tel. : 0744-2500492, 2500692, 3040000
e-mail : xtraedge@gmail.com
Editor :
Pramod Maheshwari
[B.Tech. IIT-Delhi]
Cover Design
Govind Saini, Om Gocher
Layout :
Mohammed Rafiq
Circulation & Advertisement
Ankesh Jain, Praveen Chandna
Ph (0744)- 3040007, 9001799502
Subscription
Sudha Jaisingh Ph. 0744-2500492, 2500692
© Strictly reserved with the publishers
• No Portion of the magazine can be
published/ reproduced without the written
permission of the publisher
• All disputes are subject to the exclusive
jurisdiction of the Kota Courts only.
Every effort has been made to avoid errors or
omission in this publication. In spite of this, errors
are possible. Any mistake, error or discrepancy
noted may be brought to our notice which shall be
taken care of in the forthcoming edition, hence any
suggestion is welcome. It is notified that neither the
publisher nor the author or seller will be
responsible for any damage or loss of action to any
one, of any kind, in any manner, there from.
Unit Price Rs. 20/-
Special Subscription Rates
6 issues : Rs. 100 /- [One issue free ]
12 issues : Rs. 200 /- [Two issues free]
24 issues : Rs. 400 /- [Four issues free]
Owned & Published by Pramod Maheshwari,
112, Shakti Nagar, Dadabari, Kota & Printed
by Naval Maheshwari, Published & Printed at
112, Shakti Nagar, Dadabari, Kota.
Editor : Pramod Maheshwari
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Editorial
Dear Students,
All of us live and work within fixed patterns. These patterns and habits
determine the quality of our life and the choices we make in life. There
are a few vital things to know about ourselves. We should become
aware of how much we influence others, how productive we are and
what can help us to achieve our goals. It is important to create an
environment which will promote our success. We should consciously
create a system that would enable us to achieve our goals. Most of us
live in systems which have come our way by an accident, circumstances
or people we have met over a period of time. We are surrounded by
our colleagues or subordinates who happened to be there by the fact
of sheer recruitment earlier or later by the management. Our daily
routines and schedules have been formed on the basis of convenience,
coincidence, and the expectations of society and sometimes due to
superstitions. The trick for success is to have an environment that
helps in attaining our goals. Control your life. Make an effort to launch
your day with a great start. A law of physics says that an object set in
motion tends to remain in motion. It is the same thing with daily
routine. To have a good start each morning will keep you upbeat
during the day. If you begin the day stressed, you will tend to remain so
that way. The best is to create a course of action or conditions where
you are not hassled for being late for a meeting, worried about
household affairs or distracted by happenings in the world.
Aim to be highly successful. Control the direction of your life. Not only
should you start the day on a cheerful note but also continue to do so
during the day. Keep yourself stimulated and invigorated during the
entire day. Start your day with a purpose. Have a daily direction and
trajectory of action. It will keep you on your course all day long.
Throughout the day reinforce your positive values and your choices.
Anything that helps you in maintaining your highest values and your
most important priorities should be welcome. Be in control of your life
and work. Create and sustain a wonderful environment filled with
beauty, peace, inspiration and hope.
Plan your day in such a way that suits your plans objectives and makes
you feel just right with the right amount of encouragement during the
entire day. You should give a direction to your day and timing.
Presenting forever positive ideas to your success.
Yours truly
Pramod Maheshwari,
B.Tech., IIT Delhi
1 MARCH 2010
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 2 MARCH 2010
 Volume-5 Issue-9
March, 2010 (Monthly Magazine) CONTENTS
INDEX PAGE
NEXT MONTHS ATTRACTIONS

Key Concepts & Problem Solving strategy for IIT-JEE.

Regulars ..........
Know IIT-JEE With 15 Best Questions of IIT-JEE
Challenging Problems in Physics, Chemistry & Maths
NEWS ARTICLE 4
• Top medical honchos mull medical courses
Much more IIT-JEE News.
in IITs
Mock Test IIT-JEE Paper 1 & Paper II with Solution
• Promise of IITs, from Mamata
Mock Test AIEEE with Solution
Mock Test BIT SAT with Solution IITian ON THE PATH OF SUCCESS 7
Mr. R. Madhavan
KNOW IIT-JEE 10
Previous IIT-JEE Question

Study Time........
DYNAMIC PHYSICS 17
Success Tips for the Month 8-Challenging Problems [Set# 11]
Students’ Forum
• The difference between a successful Physics Fundamentals
person and others is not a lack of strength, Matter Waves, Photo-electric Effect
not a lack of knowledge, but rather a lack Thermal Expansion, Thermodynamics
of will.
CATALYST CHEMISTRY 32
• Footprints on the sands of time are not
made by sitting down.
Key Concept
• To succeed, we must first believe that we Purification of Organic Compounds
can. Boron & Carbon Family
Understanding: Inorganic Chemistry
• The secret of joy in work is contained in
one word - excellence. To know how to
do something well is to enjoy it. DICEY MATHS 41
• Six essential qualities that are the key to Mathematical Challenges
success: Sincerity, personal integrity, Students’ Forum
humility, courtesy, wisdom, charity. Key Concept
Definite integrals & Area under curves
• Continuous efforts - not strength or Probability
intelligence - is the key to unlocking our
potential.
Test Time ..........
• We can do anything we want to do if we
stick to it long enough. XTRAEDGE TEST SERIES 51
• The path to success is to take massive, Mock Test IIT-JEE Paper-1 & Paper-2
determined action. Mock Test AIEEE
Mock Test BIT SAT
SOLUTIONS 90

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 3 MARCH 2010

Top medical honchos mull
medical courses in IITs
New Delhi: If the proposal of the
Health secretary K Sujatha Rao
comes into action, then the
premier technology institutes of
the country- the Indian Institutes
of Technology (IITs) would soon
see doctors passing out from the
premier institute.
Rao, in order to gain the
consensus of various top honchos
from top ministries, directors of
medical institutes and chairmen of
medical councils, who have been
invited in a meeting by the health
secretary today, will determine
whether allowing institutes like
IITs to teach medicine will "help
medical education or dilute its
quality." Those called to attend
include directors of All India
Institute of Medical Sciences
(AIIMS), PGI (Chandigarh), Sanjay
Gandhi Post Graduate Institute
(Lucknow), JIPMER, NIMHANS,
National Institute of
Communicable Diseases, National
Institute of Paramedical Sciences
and principal of CMC Vellore. This
will be the first major meeting to
discuss the issue.
Along with eminent doctors like
Dr Ranjit Roychoudhury, Dr Devi
Shetty, Dr Anupam Sibal and
cardiologist Dr K Srinath Reddy,
chairman of the Medical Council
and the Nursing Council of India
will also attend the meeting.
The main pointers of the meeting
would be to discuss major issues:
if MBBS programme can be
introduced at IITs, replacing the
existing Medical Dental, Nursing
and Pharma Councils of India to
create the National Council for
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Human Resource in Health
(NCHRH) - as the overarching
regulatory body and will address
the medical personnel crunch in
India.
An official from the health ministry
said that, "We would like to know
the experts views in order to
understand the feasibility of the
proposal, if starting medical
courses in IITs will boost medical
education in India. Once we
have a consensus of all the
experts we would send it to the
Human Resource Development
(HRD) Ministry for further
consideration."
In about three years, some IITs
like Kharagpur and Hyderabad are
working upon to start medical
schools in about three years.
According to the Ministry officials,
a Memorandum of Understanding
(MoU) has been signed between
IIT Kharagpur and University of
California, San Diego, to set up a
hospital,
which will offer graduate,
postgraduate, and research
programmes in medicine and
bio-medical engineering.
IIT Hyderabad has been
expressing its interest to offer MD
degrees in three years. HRD
minister Kapil Sibal in a recent
meeting with IIT directors, had
asked them to expand their
courses.
Promise of IITs, from
Mamata
Mamata Banerjee today promised
a deal with the Union human
resource development ministry to
build “schools, colleges and IITs”
on railway land.
4 MARCH 2010
The railway minister said she was
in talks with the HRD ministry and
a memorandum of understanding
could be signed in a matter of
days.
Railways to sign with IIT-
Kharagpur for research
Kolkata : Indian Railways will sign a
Memorandum of Understanding
(MoU) with the Indian Institute
of Technology, Kharagpur (IIT-K)
to promote research and
development in the organisation,
Railway Minister Mamata Banerjee
said here on Wednesday.
"We are going to sign a MoU
with the IIT-K on February
13, 2010, to promote research
and development activities for the
railways," Banerjee said after
inaugurating a computerised
reservation counter in southern
part of Kolkata. "We may float
scholarships for IIT-K students to
carry out research activities," she
said.
The minister announced two new
trains for West Bengal. "Two new
trains would be flagged off on
February 13. One from Jhargram-
Purulia and another Medinipur-
Jhargram." She said the railways
would also provide its land for
setting up 372 diagnostic centres,
44 first-class hospitals and 88
second-class hospitals across the
country.
"We'll provide land and the Union
Health Ministry will develop the
medical infrastructure on those
lands. We have already signed a
MoU with the Union Health
Ministry to develop such health
projects," Banerjee said. IANS
Indo-German Computer Centre
inaugurated at IIT Delhi
An Indo-German Max Planck
Centre on Computer Science
(IMPECS) was inaugurated at the
Indian Institute of Technology,
Delhi (IIT-D) here on Wednesday
by Mr. Prithviraj Chavan, Minister
of Science & Technology and Earth
Sciences along with H.E. Mr. Horst
Koehler, President of the Federal
Republic of Germany.
IMPECS will be engaged in
collaborative basic research in
Computer Science between Indian
and German scientists and serve
as a bridge between computer
scientific communities from both
sides. The Centre will act as a
center of excellence for faculty
and students from both sides.
The research areas envisaged
under the Indo-German Computer
Centre would be Algorithms and
Complexity, Database and
Information Retrieval; Graphics
and Vision and Networking.
It would also engage researchers
from institutes including Tata
Institute of Fundamental Research,
Mumbai; Indian Institute of
Technology, Kanpur (IIT-K); Indian
Institute of Technology, Bombay
(IIT-B) and Indian Institute of
Technology, Madras (IIT-M) - from
the Indian side and Max Planck
Institute for informatics (MP-INF),
Saarbruecken from the German
side.
The Centre is expected to benefit
both countries. The major benefits
for India would be further
strengthening of the research base
in Computer Science that would
develop expertise of highest
caliber needed by academia and
industry.
Germany would benefit through
improved collaboration with leading
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Indian scientists and a highly visible
outpost with highly professional
environment and large pool of
young talent.
The Indo-German Centre on
Computer Centre has been set up
jointly by Department of Science
& Technology (Govt. of India) and
Max Planck Society of Germany
under the over-all aegis of Indo-
German S&T Cooperation
programme for an initial duration
of 5 years at a total cost of
approximately Rs.12 crores from
Indian side by DST and
approximately 2 million Euros by
Max Planck Society from German
side.
The concept of setting-up the
Indo-German Centre on Computer
Science in India was discussed
during the visit of German
Chancellor to India in October
2007.
Dr. T. Ramasami, Secretary,
Department of Science & Dr. Rao stressed the importance
Technology, Prof Peter Gruss,
President Max Planck Society,
Germany and Prof Surendra
Prasad, Director, Indian Institute
of Technology, Delhi were the
guest of honour during the
inauguration function.
'Spectacular years ahead
in space' - former ISRO
chief
New Delhi: "The last 50 years of
space have been fantastic while
the next 50 years will be
spectacular," remarked Prof. U R
Rao, former chairman ISRO,
delivering his lecture on
"Challenges in Space" in the 97th
Indian Science Congress. The
space age began with the launch
of Sputnik-I, 52 years ago from
the former Soviet Union.
Since then, plenty of satellites have
been launched. The Cosmic
Background Radiation Explorer
(COBE) launched in 1989,
confirmed the prediction made by
the Big Bang theory.
The Wilkinson Microwave
Anisotropy Probe and recently
launched Herschel and Plank have
5 MARCH 2010
contributed a lot to the study of
the universe.
Dr. Rao, enumerated nine great
challenges in space as food
security, energy security,
environmental security, resource
security, space security, space
transportation, search for life,
exploration of the universe and
colonisation of Mars.
"The per capita food productivity
of India which is currently about
1.7 ton/ ha should be increased to
about 4 tons/ha by 2050 to meet
the growing food requirements.
This can be done by initiating
a new green revolution that
requires the application of space
technology along with biological
inputs," he observed.
"Space technology can be used for
better meteorological forecasting
which would help mitigate the
consequences of disasters," he
added.
of energy security for industrial
expansion, agriculture and
infrastructure growth.
He explained with figures that per
capita energy usage of India is far
lower than other developed and
developing nations like U.S (15
times more), EU (7.5 times more)
and China (2.3 times more).
"Space technology can play a
significant role in coping with
India's energy deficit by the better
utilisation of energy resources as
well as by learning the effects of
global warming, carbon dioxide
emission and so on," he added.
Three students bag
Manmohan Singh scholarship
at Cambridge
New Delhi: Three students from
Bangalore, Kolkata and Mumbai
are set to receive the 2010
Manmohan Singh scholarship to
fund their undergraduate studies
at the University of Cambridge.
For 2010, the scholarship will be
given to Neal Duggal from Mallya
Aditi International School,
Bangalore, Jesika Haria from
Dhirubhai Ambani International
School, Mumbai, and Rudrajit
Banerjee from The Cambridge
School, Kolkata.
Neal Duggal and Jesika Haria have
received conditional offers of
places at St John's College and
Emmanuel College, Cambridge, to
study for degrees in Economics
and Engineering respectively, while
Rudrajit Banerjee has received an
unconditional offer to study
Natural Sciences at Christ's
College, Cambridge, the university
said in a statement on Tuesday.
The Manmohan Singh Under-
graduate Scholarship programme
was established in 2009 in honour
of India's Prime Minister who
graduated from the Cambridge
varsity with a first class in
Economics in the late 1950s. Singh
was also awarded an honorary
doctorate by the university in 2006.
The scholarship is awarded to
students who have received an
offer of a place at the University of
Cambridge. Two of the three
places offered by University of
Cambridge are conditional on
these students achieving specific
grades. The scholarship programme
will provide full funding, covering
fees and maintenance for under-
graduate study at the Cambridge.
IANS
Srikanth Jagabathula,
President of India gold
medal winner.
Internet connectivity in rural areas
at cheap rates? Well, this could be
a reality if Srikanth's dream comes
true.
Meet Srikanth Jagabathula, IIT's
pride, the President of India gold
medal winner for 2005-06 for
scoring the highest marks among
all batches at Indian Institute of
Technology-Bombay. After an
enviable stint at the IIT, Srikanth is
all set to fly to the United States
to pursue his studies at the
prestigious Massachusetts Institute
of Technology. After five years he
plans to come back to Indian to
start his own communications
company.
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
As a kid he dreamt of becoming an
engineer. Somehow he always
thought an engineer's job would
be very fascinating. He heard
about the IIT when he was in the
7th standard. Since then IIT was
his aim. After clearing his 10th
class, he religiously worked
towards cracking the IIT-Joint
Entrance Examination. A rank of
38 at the IIT-JEE meant a smooth
entry into IIT-Bombay. Srikanth,
who hails from Hyderabad, was
always a topper in school.
Mathematics and physics were his
favourite subjects, but he dreaded
biology and chemistry.
World class university to
be set up by Reliance
To promote education and
research in India, the Reliance
Group plans to set up a ‘world-
class’ university in India. The
university, modeled on the lines of
American universities such as The
University of Pennsylvania will be
set up either in Delhi or Mumbai.
“It will be international in scale
and in best practices, but with an
Indian soul.
IITs successfully conduc-
ted GATE online in two
subjects
New Delhi: Indian Institutes of
Technology at Bombay, Delhi,
Guwahati, Kanpur, Kharagpur,
Madras, Roorkee and the Indian
Institute of Science Bangalore
successfully conducted online
Graduate Aptitude Test in
Engineering (GATE) 2010 for two
out of 21 papers yesterday.
Examinations in two subjects,
namely Textile Engineering and
Fiber Science (TF), and Mining
Engineering (MN) were conducted
using computers by these
institutes. About 1700 candidates
were registered for these
examinations which were
conducted simultaneously in eight
cities over two shifts.
This experiment was conducted in
GATE 2010 this year for the first
time and depending upon the
experience, online examination
6 MARCH 2010
might be repeated on a larger
scale in subsequent years. The
offline version of the exam in
other 19 papers shall be
conducted all over the country on
Feb 14, 2010.
Graduate Aptitude test in
Engineering (GATE) is an all India
examination administered and
conducted jointly by Indian
Institute of Science and seven
Indian Institutes of Technology
on behalf of the National
Coordination Board - GATE,
Department of Higher Education,
Ministry of Human Resource
Development (MHRD). Admission
to postgraduate programmes
with MHRD and some
other government scholarship/
assistanceship in engineering
colleges/institutes is open to those
who qualify through GATE. GATE
qualified candidates with
Bachelor's degree in Engineering /
Technology / Architecture or
master's degree in any branch of
Science / Mathematics / Statistics /
Computer Applications are eligible
for admission to master's /
doctoral program in Engineering /
Technology / Architecture as well
as for doctoral programs in
relevant branches of Science with
MHRD or other government
scholarship/assistantship.
Placements in full swing at
IITs
In just over a month, around 70%
of the students at IIT have been
placed. The final placements began
on Dec 1, 2009 and will continue
till March 2010. However, because
of the good response from IT
companies, the IITs hope that the
placements might be wrapped
early. However, last year due to
economic slowdown, the IITs
were able to place only 75-80 per
cent of their student pool. Many
students had to opt for higher
studies or jobs in teaching.
Barclays Bank made the highest
offer of Rs 22 lakh at IIT-
Kharagpur for placement at
Singapore. IIT-Roorkee also
achieved around.
 Success Story
This article contains story of a person who get succeed after graduation from different IIT's

Mr. R. Madhavan
Mechanical Engineering, IIT Madras

R. Madhavan IITians who preferred to be different,
rather than get into a corporate rat race. One of the most
interesting themes at this year's Pan-IIT event was the
session on rural transformation. IITians who have chosen
an offbeat career hogged the limelight at the event.
The star at the event was R Madhavan, an alumnus of
IIT-Madras. This is Madhavan's success story as a
farmer. . .
PASSION FOR AGRICULTURE
I had a passion for agriculture even when I was young. I
don't know how my love for agriculture started. I only
know that I have always been a nature lover. I used to
have a garden even when I was a teenager. So, from a
home garden, a kitchen garden, I gradually became a
farmer! My mother used to be very happy with the
vegetables I grew.
My family was against my ambition of becoming an
agriculturist. So, I had to find a livelihood for myself. I
wrote IIT-JEE and got selected to study at the Indian
Institute of Technology, Madras. I enjoyed studying
mechanical engineering. My intention was to transform
what I study into what I love; mechanisation of
farming. I felt the drudgery in farming is much more
than in any other industry, and no one had looked
into it.
I started my career at the Oil and Natural Gas
Corporation (ONGC). My father refused to give me any
money to start farming. So I asked the officials to let me
work at the offshore sites, on the rigs. The advantage was
that I could work on rigs for 14 days and then take 14
days off. I chose to work on the rigs for nine years,
uninterrupted.
After 4 years, I saved enough money to buy six acres of
land. I bought land at Chengelpet near Chennai. I chose
that land because the plot had access to road and water.
Back in 1989, a man in a pair of trousers aroused curiosity
among the farming community. That was not the image of
a farmer!
I became a full fledged farmer in 1993. It was tough in the
beginning. Nobody taught me how to farm. There was no
guidance from the gram sevaks or the University of
Agriculture. I ran from pillar to post but couldn't find a
single scientist who could help me. I burnt my fingers. My
first crop was paddy and I produced 2 tonnes from the six
acres of land, it was pathetic. When I lost all my money,
my father said I was stupid. I told him, it didn't matter as I
was learning. It was trial and error for me for three years.
Until 1997, I was only experimenting by mingling various
systems.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 7 MARCH 2010

LEARNING FROM ISRAEL
In 1996, I visited Israel because I had heard that they are
the best in water technology. Take the case of corn: they
harvest 7 tonnes per acre whereas we produce less than a
tonne. They harvest up to 200 tonnes of tomatoes,
whereas here it is 6 tonnes, in similar area of land. I
stayed in one of the kibbutz, which is a co-operative farm
for 15 days. I understood what we do is quite primitive. It
was an eye opener for me. They treat each plant as an
industry. A plant producing one kilo of capsicum is an
industry that has 1 kilo output. I learnt from them that we
abuse water. Drip irrigation is not only for saving water
but it enhances your plant productivity. We commonly
practice flood irrigation where they just pump water. As
per the 2005 statistics, instead of 1 litre, we use 750 litres
of water.
DR. LAKSHMANAN
I met Dr Lakshmanan, a California-based NRI, who has
been farming for the last 35 years on 50-60,000 acres of
land. He taught me farming over the last one decade.
Whatever little I have learnt, it is thanks to him. I knew a
farm would give me much better returns in terms of
money as well as happiness. Working for money and
working for happiness are different. I work and get
happiness. What more do you need?
NO GUIDANCE IN INDIA
I said at one platform that we have to change the
curriculum of the agricultural universities. What they
teach the students is not how to farm, but how to draw
loans from a bank! What they learn cannot be
transformed to reality or to the villages. The problem in
the villages is not mentioned in the university. There is a
wide gap and it is getting worse.
MAKING PROFITS
After burning my fingers for four years, from 1997
onwards, I started making profits. Even though it took me
four years, I did not lose hope. I knew this was my path
ven though I didn't have any guidance from anyone.
Don't compare yourself with anyone in this world.
If you do so, you are insulting yourself. – Alen Strike
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
In those days, communication was slow. Today, I can get
guidance from Dr Lakshmanan on Skype or Google Talk,
or through e-mail. I send him the picture of my problem
and ask his guidance. In those days, it took time to
communicate. There was no Internet or connectivity.
That was why it took me four years to learn farming.
Today, I would not have taken more than six months or
even less to learn the trick!
THE FARMING CYCLE
I started crop rotation after 1997. In August, I start with
paddy and it is harvested in December. I plant vegetables
in December itself and get the crops in February. After
that, it is oil seeds like sesame and groundnut, which are
drought-resistant, till May. During May, I go on trips to
learn more about the craft. I come back in June-July and
start preparations on the land to get ready for August. In
1999, I bought another four acres. My target is a net
income of Rs 100,000 per annum per acre. I have achieved
up to Rs 50,000.
I sell my produce on my own. I have a jeep and bring what
I produce to my house and sell from there. People know
that I sell at home. I don't go through any middle man. I
take paddy to the mill, hull it and sell it on my own. In the
future, I have plans to have a mill too. These days, people
tell me in advance that they need rice from me. I have no
problem selling my produce.
ENGINEERING HELPS IN FARMING
More than any other education, engineering helps in
farming because toiling in the soil is only 20 per cent of
the work. About 80 per cent of farming needs engineering
skills. Science is a must for any farming. I have developed a
number of simple, farmer-friendly tools for farming areas
like seeding, weeding, etc. as we don't have any tools for
small farmers. If I have 200 acres of land, I can go for food
processing, etc. My next project is to lease land from the
small farmers for agriculture. The village will prosper with
food processing industries coming there. My yield will also
be more with more land.
8 MARCH 2010
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 9 MARCH 2010
 KNOW IIT-JEE
By Previous Exam Questions

PHYSICS T – 2mg cos α =

2mv 2
l
1. A cart is moving along + x direction with a velocity Given that T = 0 when α = 90º
of 4 m/s. A person on the cart throws a stone with a 2mv 2
∴ 0–0= ⇒v=0
velocity of 6 m/s relative to himself. In the frame of l
reference of the cart the stone is thrown in y-z plane ∞ M
making an angle of 30º with vertical z axis. At the
highest point of its trajectory, the stone hits an object α
of equal mass hung vertically from the branch of a
tree by means of a string of length L. A completely Q
inelastic collision occurs, in which the stone gets 2mg sinα
embedded in the object. Determine: [IIT-1997] α 2mg cosα
(i) The speed of the combined mass immediately 2mg
after the collision with respect to an observer on
⇒ Velocity is zero when α = 90º, i.e., in the
the ground,
horizontal position.
(ii) The length L of the string such that the tension in
Applying energy conservation from Q to M, we get
the string becomes zero when the string becomes
horizontal during the subsequent motion of the 1 V2 (2.5) 2
2mV2 = 2mgl ⇒ l = = = 0.318 m
combined mass. 2 2g 2 × 9.8
Sol. θ = 30º, v = 6 m/s
When the stone reaches the point Q, the component 2. Three particles A, B and C, each of mass m, are
of velocity in the +Z direction (V cos θ) becomes connected to each other by three massless rigid rods
zero due to the gravitational force in the –Z direction. to form a rigid, equilateral triangular body of side l.
This body is placed on a horizontal frictioness table
Z V´ (x-y plane) and is hinged to it at the point A so that it
+Y L
+Z Vx=4m/s can move without friction about the vertical axis
Q Y through A (see figure). The body is set into rotational
V
Vcosθ θ motion on the table about A with a constant angular
Vsinθ X velocity ω. [IIT-2002]
P
t = 0 Vx=4m t=t
y
A x
The stone has two velocities at Q
(i) Vx in the +X direction (4 m/s)
(ii) V sin θ in the + Y direction (6 sin 30º = 3 m/s) ω
The resultant velocity of the stone
V´ = (Vx ) 2 + (V sin θ) 2

= 4 2 + 32 = 5 m/s →
F
(i) Applying conservation of linear momentum at Q C
B l
for collision with an mass of equal magnitude
(a) Find the magnitude of the horizontal force exerted
m × 5 = 2m × V
by the hinge on the body.
[Since the collision is completely inelastic the two
(b) At time T, when the side BC is parallel to the
masses will stick together. V is the velocity of
x-axis, a force F is applied on B along BC (as
the two masses just after collision]
shown). Obtain the x-component and the
∴ V = 2.5 m/s
y-component of the force exerted by the hinge on
(ii) When the string is undergoing circular motion, at
the body, immediately after time T.
any arbitrary position

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 10 MARCH 2010

Sol. The mass B is moving in a circular path centred at A. 3. A large open top container of negligible mass and
2
The centripetal force (mlω ) required for this circular uniform cross-sectional area A has a small holes of
cross-sectional area A/100 in its die wall near the
motion is provided by F′. Therefore a force F′ acts on bottom. The container is kept on a smooth horizontal
A (the hinge) which is equal to mlω2. The same is the floor and contains a liquid of density ρ and mass m0.
case for mass C. Therefore the net force on the hinge is Assuming that the liquid starts flowing out horizontally
through the hole at t = 0, Calculate : [IIT-2000]
Fnet = F'2 + F'2 +2F' F' cos 60º (i) The acceleration of the container and
1 (ii) The velocity when 75% of liquid drained out
Fnet = 2F' 2 +2F' 2 × = 3 F′ = 3 mlω2 Sol. (i) Let at any instant of time during the flow, the
2
height of liquid in the container is x.
Y The velocity of flow of liquid through small hole in
A the orifice by Torricelli's theorem is
X
F′ 60º v = 2gx …(i)
F′
The mass of liquid flowing per second through the
orifice
l Fnet l = ρ × volume of liquid flowing per second
dm A
F′ F′ = ρ × 2gx × …(ii)
dt 100
Therefore the rate of change of momentum of the
B l C system in forward direction
(b) The force F acting on B will provide a torque to dm 2gx × A × ρ
= ×v= (From (i) and (ii))
the system. This torque is dt 100
The rate of change of momentum of the system in the
l 3 backward direction
F× = Iα
2 = Force on backward direction = m × a
3l where m is mass of liquid in the container at the
F× = (2ml2)α instant t
2
m = Vol. × density
3 F =A×x×ρ
⇒ α=
4 ml
The total force acting on the system along x-direction
is P
F + (Fnet)x x
This force is responsible for giving an acceleration ax
to the system.

v
∴ The rate of change of momentum of the system
3
in the backward direction
c.m l = Axρ × a
2
By conservation of linear momentum
2gxAρ
Axρ × a =
F 100
Therefore g
F + (Fnet)x = 3m(ax) c.m. ⇒ a=
50
F 3 F l F (ii) By toricell's theorem v′ = 2g × (0.25h )
= 3m Q ax = αr = × =
4m 4 ml 3 4 where h is the initial height of the liquid in the
3F container m0 is the initial mass
=
4 m
∴ m0 = Ah × ρ ⇒ h = 0
F Aρ
∴ (Fnet)x =
4 m 0 gm 0
(Fnet)y remains the same as before = 3 mlω2. ∴ v′ = 2g × 0.25 × =
Aρ 2Aρ

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 11 MARCH 2010

4. An ideal gas is enclosed in a vertical cylindrical  Mg  γA 2 x
container and supports a freely moving piston of mass ⇒ Ma =  p 0 + 
 A  V0
M. The piston and the cylinder have equal cross-
sectional area A. Atmospheric pressure is P0, and  Mg  γA 2 x
⇒ a = p0 + 
when the piston is in equilibrium, the volume of the  A  V0 M
gas is V0. The piston is now displaced slightly from Comparing it with a = ω2x we get
its equilibrium position. Assuming that the system is
 Mg  γA 2 x
completely isolated from its surroundings, show that ω2 =  p 0 + 
 A  V0 M
the piston executes simple harmonic motion and find
the frequency of oscillation. [IIT-1981]  Mg  γA 2 x
∴ ω =  p0 + 
Sol. Let the piston be displaced by a distance x.  A  V0 M
 Mg  γ  Mg 
Then  p 0 + V0 =  p 0 + + p ( v 0 − Ax ) γ Mg
 A   A  If is small as compared to p0 then
A
Mg
Q Initial pressure on the gas P1 = p0 + p 0 γA 2
A ω= = 2πf
V0 M
Mg
Final pressure on the gas P2 = p0 + +p
A A p0γ
∴ f=
P0 2π V0 M
A 5. A hydrogen-like atom (described by the Bohr model)
V0 x
is observed to emit six wavelengths, originating from
all possible transitions between a group of levels.
These levels have energies between –0.85 eV and
–0.544 eV (including both these values). [IIT-2002]
where p is the extra pressure due to which the (a) Find the atomic number of the atom.
compression x takes place.
(b) Calculate the smallest wavelength emitted in
Final volume of the gas V2 = V0 – Ax
these transitions.
The above equation can be rearranged as
(Take hc = 1240 eV.nm. Ground state energy of
 Mg    Ax  γ
 p0 + + p (V0 − Ax) γ  p hydrogen atom = – 13.6 eV)
A 1 +  1−
1=  = Mg   V0  Sol. (a) If x is the difference in quantum number of the
 Mg  γ p +
 p0 + V0  0
A 
 A  
  states then x+1C2 = 6 ⇒ x = 3
n+3
 
p γAx 
p   γAx 
⇒ 1=1+ – + Mg  V 
p0 +
Mg V0  p 0 +  0 
 A 
A   n
Negligible as p and x are small Smallest λ
p γAx 2
− z (13.6eV)
∴ = Now, we have = – 0.85 eV …(i)
Mg V0
p0 + n2
A
− z 2 (13.6eV)
 Mg  γAx and = – 0.544 eV …(ii)
∴ p =  p0 +  (n + 3) 2
 A  V0
Solving (i) and (ii) we get n = 12 and z = 3
F  Mg  γAx
⇒ =  p0 +  (b) Smallest wavelength λ is given by
A  A  V0
hc
= (0.85 – 0.544)eV
 Mg  γA 2 x λ
⇒ F = p0 + 
 A  V0 Solving, we get λ ≈ 4052 nm.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 12 MARCH 2010

 CH3CH2CH2COOCH2CH3
CHEMISTRY (A)
LiAlH4
6. Compound A (C6H12O2) on reduction with LiAlH4
yields two compounds B and C. The compound B on
CH3CH2OH CH3CH2CH2CH2OH
oxidation gave D, which on treatment with aqueous (B) (C)
alkali and subsequent heating furnished E. The latter [O]
on catalytic hydrogenation gave C. The compound D [O]
CH3CHO → CH3COOH
was oxidized further to give F which was found to be (D) (F)
a monobasic acid (molar mass : 60.0 g mol–1). aq KOH [H]
Deduce the structures of A, B, C, D and E.
[IIT-1990] CH3CHCH2OH
Sol. The compound A is an ester. The equations involved
OH
in the given reactions are as follows. heating
CH3CH=CHCHO
The compound F is a monobasic acid (molar mass =
Alternatively, the compound A may be
60 g mol–1). This may be represented as RCOOH.
CH3COOCH2CH2CH2CH3
From the molar mass of F, it is evident that the molar
(butylacetate)
mass of R is 15 g mol–1 [= (60 – 45) g mol–1]. Hence, 7. A metallic element crystallizes into a lattice
the compound F is CH3COOH (ethanoic acid). containing a sequence of layers of ABABAB ......... .
F is obtained by the oxidation of D. Hence, the Any packing of spheres leaves out voids in the
lattice. What percentage by volume of this lattice is
compound D must be an aldehyde with the structure
empty space ? [IIT-1996]
CH3CHO (ethanal). The compound D was obtained Sol. A unit cell of hcp structure is a hexagonal cell, which
from the oxidation of B which must be an alcohol. is shown in figure (i) & (ii). Three such cells form
one hcp unit.
Hence, the structure of B is CH3CH2OH (ethanol). D
For hexagonal cell, a = b ≠ c; α = β = 90º and
undergoes an aldol condensation (treatment with γ = 120º. It has 8 atoms at the corners and one inside,
aqueous alkali) which subsequently gives E on 8
Number of atoms per unit cell = +1=2
heating. The reactions involved here are 8
2CH3CHO aq
. KOH
→ CH 3CHCH 2 CHO Area of the base = b × ON [From fig.(ii)]
| = b × a sin 60º
OH 3 2
heating
= a (Q b = a)
 
→ CH3CH=CHCHO 2
The reduction of E gives compound C. Hence, we
have
CH3CH=CHCHO [
H]
→ CH 3CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH
( C)
Finally, the structure of A can be obtained from the
two alcohols (CH3CH2OH and CH3CH2CH2CH2OH) c
β αb
produced on treating A with LiAlH4. Thus, we have
a γ
CH 3CH 2 CH 2 COOCH 2 CH 3 LiAlH
 4 →
(A)
CH 3CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH + CH 3CH 2 OH Figure (i)
( C) (B) Volume of the hexagonal cell
3 2
Thus, the reactions involved are as follows. = Area of the base × height = a .c
2
2 2
But c = a
3

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 13 MARCH 2010

 ∴ Volume of the hexagonal cell or ∆H 0C 2 H 6 = – 20 kcal mol–1 [for eq.(iii)]
3 2 2 2 From eq. (ii)
= a . a = a3 2
2 3 ∆H 0reactant = 3 × ∆H 0CO 2 + 4 × ∆H 0H 2O – ∆H 0C3H8
a
and radius of the atom, r = or – 530.0 = 3 × (–94.0) + 4 × (–68.0) – ∆H 0C3H8
2
Hence, fraction of total volume or atomic packing factor or ∆H 0C3H8 = – 24 kcal mol–1 [for eq.(iv)]
Volume of 2 atoms
= ∆H 0reactant = Sum of bond energies of reactants
Volume of the hexagonal cell
– Sum of bond energies of products
O From eq.(iii),

a ∆H 0reactant = 2 × [C(s) → C(g)] + 6 ×  1 H 2 → H 

2 
60º – [1 × C – C + 6 × C – H]
N b or – 20 = 2 × 172.0 + 3 × 104.0 –
[1 × C – C + 6 × C – H]
figure (ii)
or [1 × C – C + 6 × C – H] = 676 kcal mol–1 ...(v)
3
4 4 a From eq. (iv),
2 × πr 3 2 × π 
= 3 =
3 2 ∆H 0reactant = 3 × [C(s) → C(g)] + 8 ×  1 H 2 → H 
3
a 2 a3 2 2 
π – [2 × C – C + 8 × C – H]
= = 0.74 = 74% or – 24 = 3 × 172.0 + 4 × 104.0 –
3 2 [2 × C – C + 8 × C – H]
∴ The percentage of void space = 100 – 74 = 26% or [2 × C – C + 8 × C – H] = 956 kcal mol–1 ...(vi)
Solving eq. (v) and eq. (vi), we get
8. Using the data (all values are in kilocalories per mole Bond energy of C – C bond = 82 kcal mol–1
at 25ºC) given below, calculate the bond energy of Bond energy of C – H bond = 99 kcal mol–1
C – C and C – H bonds.
∆H 0Combustion (ethane) = – 372.0 9. The electrode reactions for charging of a lead storage
battery are
∆H 0Combustion (propane) = –530.0 PbSO4 + 2e– → Pb + SO42–
∆Hº for C (graphite) → C(g) = 172.0 PbSO4 + 2H2O → PbO2 + SO42– + 4H+ + 2e–
Bond energy of H – H = 104.0 The electrolyte in the battery is an aqueous solution
∆H 0f of H2O (l) = – 68.0 of sulphuric acid. Before charging the specific
gravity of the liquid was found to be 1.11 (15.7%
∆H 0f of CO2(g) = – 94.0 [IIT-1990]
H2SO4 by weight). After charging for 100 hours, the
Sol. Given that, specific gravity of the liquid was found to be 1.28
7 (36.9% H2SO4 by weight). If the battery contained
C2H6(g) + O2(g) → 2CO2(g) + 3H2O(l)
2 two litres of the liquid, calculate the average current
∆H = – 372.0 kcal mol–1 ...(i) used for charging the battery. Assume that the
C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) → 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(l) volume of the battery liquid remained constant during
∆H = – 530.0 kcal mol–1 ...(ii) charging. [IIT-1972]
∆H for C(gr) → C(g) = 172.0 kcal mol–1
0 100
Sol. Volume of 100 g of 15.7% H2SO4 = = 90.9 ml
Bond energy of H – H = 104.0 kcal mol–1 1.11
∆H 0f of H2O(l) = –68.0 kcal mol–1 90.9 ml of 15.7% H2SO4 contains = 15.7 g H2SO4
∆H 0f of CO2(g) = – 94.0 kcal mol–1 ∴ 2.0 L of 15.7% H2SO4 contains
15.7 × 1000 × 2.0
To find, =
2C(g) + 6H(g) → C2H6(g) ∆H = ? ...(iii) 90.9
3C(g) + 8H(g) → C3H8(g) ∆H = ? ...(iv) = 345.43 g H2SO4
and hence the bond energy of C – C and C – H bonds. 100
Volume of 100 g of 36.9% H2SO4 = = 78.125 ml
We know that, 1.28
∆H 0reaction = ∆H 0product – ∆H 0reactant 78.125 ml of 36.9% H2SO4 contains = 36.9 g H2SO4
From eq. (i), ∴ 2.0 L of 36.9% H2SO4 contains
∆H 0reactant = 2 × ∆H 0CO 2 + 3 × ∆H 0H 2O – ∆H 0C 2 H 6 36.9 × 1000 × 2.0
= = 944.64 g H2SO4
78.125
or – 372.0 = 2 × (–94.0) + 3 × (–68.0) – ∆H 0C 2 H 6

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 14 MARCH 2010

 Amount of H2SO4 formed after charging or log K p 2 = – 1.507 = 2 .493
= 944.64 – 345.43 = 599.21 g
The overall reaction is or K p 2 = Antilog 2 .493 = 3.122 × 10–2
Pb + PbO2 + 2H2SO4 → 2PbSO4 + 2H2O PH 2O = K p 2 = 3.122 × 10–2 atm
98 g H2SO4 (2 × 1 + 32 + 4 × 16) required
= 1 F electricity (c) CO(g) + H2O(l) CO2(g) + H2(g)
599.21 Initial
∴ 599.21 g H2SO4 requires = F electricity Pressure 1 1 1
98 Pressure at
599.21 Equlibrium 1 – x 1+x 1+x
= × 96500 C electricity
98 PCO 2 .PH 2
Hence, K p 3 = K p1 . K p 2 =
We know, Q = It PCO
Given that, t = 100 hrs = 100 × 3600 s
(1 + x )(1 + x )
Q 599.21× 96500 or 1.00 × 105 × 3.122 × 10–2 =
∴ I= = A = 1.638 A 1− x
t 98 × 100 × 3600 or x2 + 3124x – 3121 = 0
∴ Current used for charging battery = 1.638 ampere
− b ± b 2 − 4ac
10. Given the following standard free energies of or x =
2a
formation at 25ºC : CO(g) = – 32.807,
CO2(g) = –94.260, H2O(g) = – 54.635, − 3124 ± (3124) 2 − [4 × 1× (−3121)
H2O (l) = – 56.69 kcal mol–1. = = 0.9987
2 ×1
(a) Find ∆Gº and the equilibrium constant Kp for the ∴ PCO = 1 – x = 1 – 0.9987 = 1.3 × 10–3 atm
reaction PH 2 = PCO 2 = 1 + x = 1 + 0.9987 = 1.9987 atm
CO(g) + H2O(g) CO2(g) + H2(g) at 25ºC.
(b) Find the vapour pressure of H2O at 25ºC.
(c) If CO, CO2 and H2 are mixed so that the partial MATHEMATICS
pressure of each is 1.00 atm and the mixture is
brought into contact with excess liquid H2O, what 11. Complex numbers z1, z2, z3 are the vertices A, B, C
will be the partial pressure of each gas when respectively of an isosceles right angled triangle with
equilibrium is attained at 25ºC. The volume available right angle at C. Show that
to the gases is constant. [IIT-1973] (z1 – z2)2 = 2(z1 – z3) (z3 – z2) [IIT-1986]
Sol. Given that, Sol. Since, ∆is right angled isosceles ∆.
∆G 0f (CO) = – 32.807 kcal mol–1 ∴ Rotating z2 about z3 in anticlock wise direction
through an angle of π/2, we get
∆G 0f (CO2) = –94.260 kcal mol–1 A(z1)
∆G 0f [H2O (g)] = – 54.635 kcal mol–1
∆G 0f [H2O(l) = – 56.69 kcal mol–1
(a) For the reaction,
CO(g) + H2O(g) CO2(g) + H2(g)
∆G reaction = ∆G f (CO2) – ∆G f [H2O(g)] – ∆G 0f (CO)
0 0 0

= –94.260 – (– 54.635) – (–32.807) B(z3) C(z2)

= – 6.818 kcal = – 6818 cal z 2 − z3 | z − z 3 | iπ/2
Also, ∆G0 = – 2.303 RT log K p1 = 2 e
z1 − z 3 | z1 − z 3 |
∴ –6818 = –2.303 × 1.987 × 298 × log K p1 where, |z2 – z3| = |z1 – z3|
or log K p1 = 5.00 ⇒ (z2 – z3) = i(z1 – z3)
squarring both sides we get,
or K p1 = Antilog 5.00 = 1.00 × 105 atm (z2 – z3)2 = – (z1 – z3)2
(b) For the reaction, ⇒ z22 + z32 – 2z2z3 = –z12 – z32 + 2z1z3
H2O(l) H2O(g) ⇒ z12 + z22 – 2z1z2 = 2z1z3 + 2z2z3 – 2z32 – 2z1z2
⇒ (z1 – z2)2 = 2{(z1z3 – z32) + (z2z3 – z1z2)}
∆G 0reaction
= ∆G 0f
[H2O(g) ] – ∆G 0f [H2O(l)] ⇒ (z1 – z2)2 = 2(z1 – z3) (z3 – z2)
= – 54.635 – (– 56.69)
= 2.055 kcal = 2055 cal 12. The fourth power of the common difference of arithmetic
Also, ∆G0 = –2.303 RT log K p 2 progression with integer entries is added to the
product of any four consecutive terms of it. Prove that
∴ 2055 = –2.303 × 1.987 × 298 log K p 2 resulting sum is the square of an integer. [IIT-2000]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 15 MARCH 2010

Sol. Let four consecutive terms of the A.P. are π/ 2
a – 3d, a – d, a + d, a + 3d which are integers. Again Sol. Let, I = ∫ 0
f (sin 2 x ) sin xdx ...(1)
P = (a – 3d) (a – d) (a + d) (a + 3d) + (2d)4
(by given condition) π/2  π  π 
= (a2 – 9d2)(a2 – d2) + 16d4
Then, I = ∫ 0
f sin 2 − x  .sin  − x  dx
 2  2 
= a4 – 10a2d2 + 9d4 + 16d4 π/2
= (a2 – 5d2)2
Now, a2 – 5d2 = a2 – 9d2 + 4d2
= ∫ 0
f{sin 2x} . cos x dx ...(2)

= (a – 3d)(a + 3d) + (2d)2 adding (1) and (2), we get

= I.I + I2 (given) π/2
= I 2 + I2 2I = ∫
0
f(sin 2x) . (sin x + cos x) dx
= I2 π/ 4
= I (where I is any integer)
Therefore, P = (I)2 = Integer
=2 ∫ 0
f(sin 2x) . (sin x + cos x) dx


π/ 4 π
13. Evaluate : ∫
(cos 2x )1/ 2
dx [IIT-1987]
= 2 2
0 ∫
f(sin 2x) sin  x +  dx
 4
sin x
π/ 4  π  π π
Sol. I = ∫
(cos 2x )1/ 2
dx
= 2 2
0 
∫
f  sin 2 − x   . sin  − x +  dx
4  4 4
sin x
π/ 4
cos 2 x − sin 2 x = 2 2 ∫ f(cos 2x) . cos x dx
= ∫ sin x
dx = cot 2 x −1 dx ∫ 0
π/4
putting, cot x = sec θ ∴ I= 2 ∫ 0
f(cos 2x) . cos x dx
⇒ –cosec2x dx = sec θ tan θ dθ. π/2
We get,
sec θ. tan θ
Hence, ∫ 0
f(sin(2x)) . sin x dx
I= ∫
sec 2 x −1 . dθ π/ 4
− (1 + sec 2 θ)
2
= 2 ∫ 0
f(cos 2x) . cos x dx
sec θ. tan θ
=– ∫ 1 + sec 2 θ
dθ 15. Find the area bounded by the curves,
x2 + y2 = 25, 4y = |4 – x2| and x = 0 above the x-axis.
sin 2 θ [IIT-1987]
=– ∫ cos θ + cos θ3
dθ
Sol. Here, x2 + y2 = 25, 4y = |4 – x2| could be sketched as,
whose point of intersection could be obtained by
1 − cos 2 θ
=– ∫ cos θ(1 + cos 2
θ)
dθ y
5
(1 + cos 2 θ) − 2 cos 2 θ
=– ∫ cos θ(1 + cos 2 θ)
O
cos θ x
∫
= – sec θ dθ + 2 ∫ 1 + cos 2
θ
dθ –4 –2 2 45

cos θ
= –log |sec θ + tan θ| + 2 ∫ 2 − sin 2
θ
dθ
–5
dt (4 − x ) 2
= – log |sec θ + tan θ| + ∫ 2−t 2
, where sin θ = t x2 +
16
= 25
2 2
1 2 + sin θ ⇒ (x + 24) (x – 16) = 0 ⇒ x = ± 4
= – log |sec θ + tan θ| + 2. log +c ∴ Required area
2 2 2 − sin θ
 4 2 4 − x 2  4 2  
 dx −  x − 4  dx 
= – log |cot x + cot 2 x − 1 | = 2 ∫
 0
25 − x 2 dx − 
0
 4 
∫  2 
 4  
∫
2
1 2 + 1 − tan x
+ log +c  x 25 −1  x  
4
2
2 2 − 1 − tan 2 x = 2  25 − x + sin   
14. Show that  2 2  5  0

 
π/ 2 π/4 2 4
∫ 0
f (sin 2x ) sin xdx = 2 ∫ 0
f (cos 2 x ) cos x dx 1 
–  4x −
x 3 

1  x 3
−    25π 
− 4x   = 8+  
4 3  4 3  2   4 
[IIT-1990] 0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 16 MARCH 2010

 Physics Challenging Problems
Set #11

This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in physics that would be very helpful in facing IIT
JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and we
hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Dev Sharma
So lutions will b e p ub lished in nex t issue Director Academics, Jodhpur Branch

Passage # 1 (Q. No. 1 to 4) 4. Value of charge on capacitor at frequency f

For the given phasor diagrams of AC circuit power (A) (5π)–1 cb
factor seems to be same i.e. cos φ but the nature of the (B) 10π cb
circuit is entirely different so to distinguish we use the (C) 10 cb
following codes (D) can not be calculated as the value of C is not known
V I
φ
Passage # 2 (Q. No. 5 to 7)
A circular platform, 5.0m in radius, has pair of 600Hz
φ V sirens, mounted on posts at opposite ends of a
I
diameter. The platform rotates with an angular
Phasor Diagram -1 Phasor Diagram -2 velocity of 0.80 rad/s. A stationary listener is located
For circuit-1 Power factor cosφ (lagging)–Inductive at a large distance from the platform. The speed of
nature sound is 350 m/ sec.
For circuit-2 Power factor cosφ (leading)–Capacitive
nature 5. In situation the longest wavelength reaching the
For a circuit shown in figure when V = 200 volt and listener from the sirens, in cm, is closest to -
f = 50 Hz then the voltmeter reading is zero. (A) 58.3 (B) 59.6 (C) 59.0 (D) 57.7
R = 10Ω
6. In situation, the highest siren frequency heard by the
listener in S.I. units, is closest to -
L V (A) 605 (B) 607 (C) 611 (D) 609
V/f ~
C 7. In situation, the listener mounts on a bicycle and rides
directly away from the platform with a speed of 4.5
m/sec. The highest siren frequency heard by the
When source frequency get varied then the power listener, in SI units, is given by -
1 1 (A) 599 Hz (B) 585.6 Hz
factor becomes (lagging) and freq. f2 and (C) 607 Hz (D) 614 Hz
2 2
(leading) at frequency f1 then. 8. Figure shows a pulse travelling in the x-direction in a
1. Which frequency relation(s) is/are correct - string stretched along x-axis. Then
y
(A) f > f1 > f2 (B) f < f1 < f2
(C) f1 < f < f2 (D) f2 < f < f1
2. Value of ∆f = f2 – f1 is -
1 R 1 R x
(A) . (B) . 1 2 3
2π L 2π 2L distance (in meter)
1 2R 1 4R (A) Acceleration of particle at x = 1 m is in +ve y-
(C) . (D) .
2π L 2π R direction
(B) Velocity of particle at x = 1m is in-ve y-direction
3. Value of watt less current when frequency is f1
(C) Velocity of particle at x =1 m is zero
(A) 5 2 Amp. (B) 10 2 Amp. (D) None of these
(C) 10 Amp. (D) Zero Amp.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 17 MARCH 2010

 8 Solution
Set # 10

Physics Challenging Problems

Qu e s tio ns we r e Pub lis he d in Feb rua ry I ssu e

1. [D] As the magnetic field and area vector of the 4 

coil are in same direction so the magnetic flux passing = 4. − 0 = 8coulomb
2 
through the coil is
As 96500 C = 1 Faraday
→ →
φ = B . S . = Bs cos 0 1 1
So 8C = × 8 Faraday As =x
96500 96500
φ = B( πr 2 )(1)
So induced charge = 8x faraday
dφ
Induced emf. e − N n = 1 single turn coil
at 5. [A] The forces working on metallic rod
Fm = i L.B.
dφ d d Net force working on rod
e=− = − (φ) = − (Bπr 2 )
dt dt dt Fnet = Mg – i. LB
dB vBL
e = −πr 2 As B = B0 + B1 t2 = Mg − .LB
dt R
dB vB 2 L2
e = − πr 2 .[2B.t ] So = 0 + 2B1 t = Mg −
dt R
e = – πr2 2(–2)t = 4π2.t Fm = i L.B.
e = 4πr2t ... (i)
e 4πr 2 .t R X
a b
Induced current i = = as r =
R R π i
i = 4t ... (ii) Fg = Mg
e e 4πr 2 .t vB2 L2
Induced electric field E = = = Fnet = Ma = Mg −
dist. 2πr 2πr R
E = 2rt ... (iii) a = acceleration of metallic rod ab
Option (D) is correct, as induced electric field varies vB2 L2
or acceleration = a = g −
linearly with time for given value of radius. MR
dv v − B 2 L2
2. [B] Induced current i = 4t So at t = 0 i = 0 or acceleration =g− = g − kV
dt MR
3. [C] RMS value of current B 2 L2
Here k =
T 2 MR
1 2 1 2
I =
RMS T∫i dt =
2 ∫
i dt ......(i) dv
= g − kv ⇒
dv
= dt
0 0 dt g − kv
2 2
t3 
2 Integrating on both sides
8 
As ∫ i dt = ∫ (4t ) dt = 16  = 16. − 0 = 16(8 / 3)
2 2 v
dv
t

0 0  3  0 3 
∫
0
g − kv
= dt ∫
0
1 8 8
I = .16. = Amp. v
RMS 2 3 3 1 1  1
− ln(g − kv) = t ⇒ − ln(g − kv) −  −  lng = t
k 0 k  k
2 2 2
 t2 
4. [A] ∫
0
∫
Induced charge q = idt = 4tdt = 4 
 2 
0 0 ⇒ −
1 g − kv
ln =t⇒
g − kv
= e − kt
k g g

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 18 MARCH 2010

 v v g
⇒ 1− k = e − kt ⇒ k = 1 − e − kt 7. [A] Velocity v = (1 − e − kt ) for t = 1/k
g g k
g
g v= (1 − e −1 ) = .63 (maximum velocity)
and v = (1 – e–kt) k
k Time after which velocity is 63% of maximum
acceleration a =
dv g
dt k
[ g
= − e −kt (−k ) = e −kt
k
] velocity is t = 1/k = MR / B2L2

8. [A] Area traversed by rod = x.L

acceleration a = ge–kt
x distance travelled down and in time t
g B 2 L2 dA
v = (1 − e −kt ) where k = So, Areal velocity =
k MR dt

6. [A] Acceleration a = ge–kt d d dx

= ( A ) = ( xL) = L. = L.v
1
dt dt dt
− k.
When t = 1/k a = g.e k = g.e −1 = .37g g
= L. (1 − e − kt )
Acceleration a = 37 (maximum acceleration) k
So time after which acceleration is 37% of maximum gL
Areal velo.= (1 – e–kt)
acceleration is t = 1/k = MR/B2L 2 k

Why can’t the Sun melt Snow?

There are some things in nature that have a great capacity to toss back or
reflect a great deal of the sun’s light that falls on them. One of them is snow.
Newly formed snow reflects about 90 per cent of the sunlight that falls upon it.
This means that the sun is powerless to melt clean snow. And when snow does
melt, it is not because of the sunlight. Snow does not melt on a spring day because
of the sun’s heat. It melts because of the warm air from the sea.
After snow becomes ice, a different problem arises. Clean ice absorbs about
two-thirds of the sunlight that hits it - but ice is transparent enough for the light to
penetrate quite a long way (10 metres or more) before the absorption takes place.
It is remarkable what profound results follow from this simple property of transparency to sunlight. If, instead
of penetrating deeply, the light were absorbed in a shallow surface layer of ice, the summer sun would quickly raise
the temperature of the thin surface layer to melting point. And almost immediately, the water would run off. But
when the sunlight penetrates a thick layer of ice before it can be absorbed, it cannot raise the temperature of the ice
to melting point quickly enough. When the ice is very cold, the whole summer passes before any melting occurs at all.
This is what happens today in the Antarctic, just as it must have happened in northern Europe during an Ice Age.
Just imagine, if by magic, ice were suddenly made opaque to light, the glaciers that exist today would melt away
in a few years, raising the sea level by 60 metres or more. It would flood at least half the world’s population. Simply
amazing how so much depends on so simple a physical property! Clouds toss back about 50 per cent of the light that
hits them. Ice and deserts reflect 35 per cent. Land areas are generally a good deal lower in reflectivity - usually 10 to
20 per cent, depending on the nature of vegetation.
Oceans, which cover 71 per cent of the Earth’s surface, are least reflective of all - only about three per cent.
That is why oceans appear dark in pictures of the Earth taken from the Moon or from artificial satellites. When all the
sources of reflection are added together, our planet is found to turn back into space some 36 per cent of the solar
radiation falling upon it.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 19 MARCH 2010

 Students' Forum
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
PHYSICS

1. Two circular rings A and B, each of radius a = 30 cm, Considering its free body diagram (Fig.),
are placed coaxially with their axes vertical s shown in ma = F – mg
Fig. Distance between centres of these rings is h = 40
or a = 47.6 ms–2 Ans.(i)
cm. Lower ring A has a positive charge of 10 µC, while
upper ring B has a negative charge of 20 µC. A particle When particle is released, it starts moving upwards.
of mass m = 100gm carrying a positive charge of q = 10 During its motion, work is done by electric forces
µC is released from rest at the centre of the ring A. acting on it. That work is used in two ways –

(i) Calculate initial acceleration of the particle. (i) to increase its gravitational potential energy by
mgh and
(ii) Calculate velocity of particle when it reaches at
the centre of upper ring B. 1
(ii) to provide kinetic energy mv2 to the particle.
–2 2
(g = 10 ms )
But work done by electric field is W = q (V1 – V2)
a B
where V1 is potential at centre of ring A
and V2 is potential at centre of ring B.
h 1 q1 1 q2
V1 = + = – 6 × 104 volt
4πε 0 a 4πε 0 a +h2 2

A 1 q1 1 q
a V2 = . + . 2 = – 42 × 104 volt
4πε0 a2 + h2 4πε0 a
Sol. Since, Initially particle was at centre of lower ring A,
therefore, no force acts on the particle due to charge ∴ W = q (V1 – V2) = 3.6 joule
of this ring. At initial moment, two forces act on the 1
But W = mgh + mv2
particle : 2
(i) its weight mg =0.1 × 10 = 1 Newton (downwards) ∴ v = 8 ms–1. Ans. (ii)
(ii) force F exerted by the charge on ring B.
2. In the circuit shown in Fig., C1 = 5 µF, C2 = 2.9 µF,
1 q 2h
This force, F = q C3 = 6 µF, C4 = 3 µF and C5 = 7 µF.
4πε 0 (a 2 + h 2 ) 3 / 2
If in steady state potential difference between points
where q2 = – 20 µC (charge on ring B) A and B is 11 volt, calculate potential difference
∴ F = 5.76 Newton (upwards) across C5.
Let acceleration of the particle be a. C1 B C2

F
C4

C3
ma
C5

A + –
mg

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 20 MARCH 2010

Sol. In the given circuit capacitors C4 and C5 are in series Current density in each plate is j per unit width.
with each other while capacitor C2 is in parallel with Calculate
this series combination. Then capacitors C3, C1 and
(i) magnetic induction in space between the plates
above said combination are in series with each other.
and
When steady state is reached, no current flows
(ii) force acting per unit area of each plate.
through the circuit. To analyse the given circuit, it
may be assumed that a charge q1 leaves the battery Sol. If a large plate carries a current which is uniformly
from its positive terminal and flows from A to B. distributed over its width, then a uniform magnetic
This charge first reaches lower plate of capacitor C3. field is established around it.
Hence, this plate becomes positively charged and
If a section of plate, which is normal to the direction
upper plate negatively charged. Now charge q1
of flow of current, is considered then it will be as
reaches the capacitor C1. Its left plate becomes
positively charged and right plate negatively charged. shown in Fig.
Now charge q1 reaches the junction B. From where it
gets divided into two parts. Let a charge q2 flow P Q B
through series combination of capacitors C4 and C5.
Then a charge (q1 – q2) flows through capacitor C2. × × × ×
Hence, in steady state charges on different capacitors
will be as shown in Fig. B S R
C1 B C2 l
+ – + – C
q1 (q1 – q2) Fig. (1)
+
C4 q2 Let magnetic induction of the field induced due to
–
q2
– + – current in one plate be B.
C3 q1 E D
+ C5 Considering a length l in the section as shown in
Fig.(1) and applying Amperes's Circuital Law,

+ – 1
A B. 2l = µ0 (lj) or B= µ0j
E 2
Since terminal A is connected with positive terminal But there are two plates which carry equal current but
of the battery, therefore, potential of A is higher than in opposite directions. Therefore, magnetic fields due
that of B. to these currents, in the space between the plates are
It is given that potential difference (VA – VB) is equal unidirectional.
to 11 volt, ∴ Resultant magnetic field induction between the
q q 11C1C 3 plates = 2B = µ0j Ans. (i)
∴ + 1 + 1 = 11 or q1 = = 30 µC
C 3 C1 C1 + C 3 Now consider an elemental width dx in the section of
Now applying Kirchhoff's voltage law on mesh upper plate as shown in Fig.(2). This elemental width
BCDEB, is similar to a long straight conductor carrying
(q1 − q 2 ) q 2 q 2 current di = jdx
∴ + – – = 0 or q2 = 12.6 µC
C2 C5 C 4 dx

q2 × × ×
Potential difference across C5 = = 1.8 volt Ans.
C5

3. System shown in Fig. consists of two large parallel

Fig. (2)
metallic plates carrying current in opposite directions.
Magnetic induction at this conductor due to current in
1
lower plate is B = µ0j (leftward)
2
× × ×

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 21 MARCH 2010

 Hence, force on this conductor, dF = B di per unit ∴ Volume (at atmospheric pressure) of air to be
length pumped in is
1 ∆V = V1 – V0 = 10.5 × 10–3 m3
or dF = µ0j2 dx
2 Volume (at atmospheric pressure) of air pumped in
per unit length each stroke is
But area of unit length of the conductor considered = v = 500 cm3 = 0.5 × 10–3 m3
1. dx = dx ∴ Number of strokes required
dF
∴ Force per unit area of upper plate = 10.5 × 10 3
dx = = 21 Ans.
0.5 × 10 3
1
= µ0j2 Ans. (ii)
2 5. A ray of light travelling in air is incident at angle
θ = 30º on a long rectangular slab of a transparent
medium. The point of incidence is origin O of the co-
4. Tyre of a bicycle has volume 2000 cm3. Initially, the
ordinate system shown in Fig.
tube is filled to 0.75 of its volume by air at
atmospheric pressure of P0 = 105 Nm–2. Area of y
contact of tyre with road is A = 24 cm2 when total
mass of bicycle and its rider is m = 120 kg. Calculate
the number of strokes of pump, which delivers v =
500 cm3 volume of air in each stroke, required to
inflate the tyre.
Asume that area of contact of tyre with road remains
x
unchanged. (g = 10 ms–2) O
Sol. Atmospheric pressure, P0 = 105 Nm–2 θ
Air
Increase in pressure (due to weight of bicycle and its
rider) The medium has a variable index of refraction µ (y)
given by µ = (0.25 + ky–2)1/2 where k = 1.0 m2.
mg 120 × 10
= = −4
Nm–2 = 5 × 105 Nm–2 Calculate equation for trajectory of the ray in the
A (24 × 10 )
medium.
∴ Final pressure of air in the tube, Sol. If there are two transparent slabs having coefficients
P2 = 105 + (5 × 105) = 6 × 105 Nm–2 of refraction µ1 and µ2 and a ray is incident from air
Final volume of air in the tube, on first slab at angle i then it first refracts at interface
of air and first slab as shown in fig.(1) and then at
V2 = 2000 cm3 = 2 × 10–3 m3
interface of two slabs. Let these angles of refraction
Let temperature be T.
be θ and r respectively.
Finally, number of moles of air in the tube
(µ1) (µ2)
PV (6 × 10 5 ) × (2 × 10 −3 )
n= 2 2 =
RT RT
r
Volume of these moles at atmospheric pressure, θ
A θ
nRT (6 × 10 5 ) × (2 × 10 −3 ) 3 i
V1 = = m
P0 10 5
= 12 × 10–3 m3 Fig. (1)
Initially, volume of air in tube (at atmospheric Applying Snell's law at point A,
pressure) is V0 = 0.75 × 2000 cm3
sin i sin i
= 1.5 × 10–3 m3 = µ1 or sin θ = … (i)
sin θ µ1

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 22 MARCH 2010

 Refractive index of second slab with respect to first 1 k 
µ or sec2 α = 4  + 2 
slab = 2 . 4 y 
µ1
Now applying Snell's law at point B, 4k
∴ 1 + tan2 α = 1 +
sin θ µ 2 y2
=
sin r µ1 2
But k = 1, therefore, tan α =
Substituting value of sin θ from equation (1), y
sin i
= µ2. dy
sin r But tan α =
dx
This relation shows that if there are several refracting
surfaces parallel to each other then Snell's law can be ∴ y dy = 2 dx
applied at two points also. In that case i is angle of Point O (x = 0, y = 0) and point P (x, y) lie on the
incidence at one point, r is angle of refraction at the trajectory of the ray. Hence, integrating above
other point and µ is refractive index of that medium equation with these limits,
in which angle r is measured with respect to that y x
medium in which angle i is measured. ∫ 0
y dy = 2 ∫ 0
dx
Since, refractive index of given medium varies with
or y2 = 4x Ans.
y, therefore, it may be assumed that the given slab is
composed of a large number of thin slabs having
different refractive indices and refracting surfaces of
all the slabs are normal to y-axis. Hence, angle of SCIENCE TIPS
incidence and that of refraction are to be measured
with y-axis. • Why is the cooling inside a refrigerator not proper
y when a thick layer of ice deposits on the freezer?
® Because ice is a bad conductor of heat
(90 – α)

• Which type of computer is often found in small

P α business and in homes and classrooms ?
® The micro computer. It is the smallest and
the least costly type of computer
• Out of joule, calorie, kilowatt and electron-volt
which one is not the unit of energy ?
x
O ® kilowatt
θ • How does the atmospheric pressure vary with
Air height ?
Fig. (2) ® Atmospheric pressure P decreases with height
Now consider a point P on trajectory of the refracted h above sea level. For an 'ideal' atmosphere at
ray in medium as shown in fig. (2). Let inclination of constant temperature P = P0 e–kh where k is a
tangent to the ray at this point with x-axis be α. Then constant and P0 is the pressure at the surface
angle of refraction is (90 – α). • How is r.m.s. velocity of gas molecules related to
absolute temperature of the gas ?
Applying Snell's law at points P and O,
® vrms ∝ T
sin θ µ
= • What are transducers ?
sin(90 − α ) 1
® Devices which change signals from one form
Substituting values of θ and µ, to another (e.g. sound to electrical) are called
1/ 2 transducers
1 1 k 
=  + 2  • Is polarization the property of all types of waves?
2 cos α  4 y 
® No, it is property of only transverse waves

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 23 MARCH 2010

 P HYSICS F UNDAMENTAL F OR IIT-J EE

Matter Waves, Photo-electric Effect

KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY

behaves like a wave, while in other circumstances

Matter Waves : it behaves like a particle.
Planck's quantum theory : Wave-particle duality - The wave-particle is not the sole monopoly of
Planck gave quantum theory while explaining the e.m. waves. Even a material particle in motion
radiation spectrum of a black body. According to according to de Broglie will have a wavelength.
Planck's theory, energy is always exchanged in The de Broglie wavelength λ of the matter waves
integral multiples of a quanta of light or photon. is also given by :
Each photon has an energy E that depends only h h h
on the frequency ν of electromagnetic radiation λ= = =
mv p 2mK
and is given by :
E = hν .....(1) where K is the kinetic energy of the particle.
where h = 6.6 × 10 –34
joule-sec, is Planck's If a particle of mass m kg and charge q coulomb
constant. In any interaction, the photon either is accelerated from rest through a potential
gives up all of its energy or none of it. difference of V volt. Then
From Einstein's mass-energy equivalence 1
mv2 = qV or mv = 2mqV
principle, we have 2
E = mc2 .....(2) h 12.34
Hence, λ = = Å
Using equations (1) and (2), we get ; 2mqV V
hν
mc2 = hν or m = .....(3) Photoelectric effect :
c2 When light of suitable frequency (electromagnetic
where m represents the mass of a photon in radiation) is allowed to fall on a metal surface,
motion. The velocity v of a photon is equal to electrons are emitted from the surface. These
that of light, i.e., v = c. electrons are known as photoelectrons and the effect
According to theory of relativity, the rest mass m0 is known as photoelectric effect. Photoelectric
of a photon is given by : effect, light energy is converted into electrical
energy.
v2 Laws of photolectric effect :
m0 = m 1 −
c2 The kinetic energy of the emitted electron is
hν independent of intensity of incident radiation.
Here, m= and v = c But the photoelectric current increases with the
c2 increase of intensity of incident radiation.
Hence, m0 = 0 ....(4) The kinetic energy of the emitted electron
i.e., rest mass of photon is zero, i.e., energy of depends on the frequency of the incident
photon is totally kinetic. radiation. It increases with the increase of
The momentum p of each photon is given by : frequency of incident radiation.
hν hν h h If the frequency of the incident radiation is less
p = mc = ×c= = = ......(5) than a certain value, then photoelectric emission
c2 c c/ν λ is not possible. This frequency is known as
The left hand side of the above equation involves threshold frequency. This threshold frequency
the particle aspect of photons (momentum) while varies from emitter to emitter, i.e., depends on
the right hand side involves the wave aspect the material.
(wavelength) and the Planck's constant is the There is no time lag between the arrival of light
bridge between the two sides. This shows that and the emission of photoelectrons, i.e., it is an
electromagnetic radiation exhibits a wave- instantaneous phenomenon.
particle duality. In certain circumstances, it

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 24 MARCH 2010

Failure of wave theory :
Wave theory of light could not explain the laws of
photoelectric effect.
According to wave theory, the kinetic energy of
the emitted electrons should increase with the
increase of intensity of incident radiation.
Kinetic energy of the emitted electron does not
depend on the frequency of incident radiation
according to wave theory.
Wave theory failed to explain the existence of
threshold frequency.
According to wave theory there must be a time
lag between the arrival of light and emission of
photoelectrons.
Einstein's theory of photoelectric effect :
Einstein explained the laws of photoelectric effect
on the basis of Planck's quantum theory of
radiation.
Einstein treated photoelectric effect as a collision
between a photon and an atom in which photon is
absorbed by the atom and an electron is emitted.
According to law of conservation of energy,
1 as stopping potential.
hν = hν0 + mv2
2 1
where hν is the energy of the incident photon; hv0
is the minimum energy required to detach the
electron from the atom (work function or
ionisation energy) and (1/2) mv2 is the kinetic
energy of the emitted electron.
The above equation is known as Einstein's
photoelectric equation. Kinetic energy of the
emitted electron,
1
= mv2 = h(ν – ν0) = hν – W
2
Explanation of laws of photoelectric effect :
(a) The KE of the emitted electron increases with the
increase of frequency of incident radiation since
W (work function) is constant for a given emitter.
KE is directly proportional to (ν – ν0)
(b) Keeping the frequency of incident radiation
constant if the intensity of incident light is
increased, more photons collide with more atoms
and more photoelectrons are emitted. The KE of
the emitted electron remains constant since the
same photon collides with the same atom (i.e., the
nature of the collision does not change). With the
increase in the intensity of incident light
photoelectric current increases.
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
(c) According to Einstein's equation, if the frequency
of incident radiation is less than certain minimum
value, the photoelectric emission is not possible.
This frequency is known as threshold frequency.
Hence, the frequency of incident radiation below
which photoelectric emission is not possible is
known as threshold frequency or cut-off
frequency. It is given by :
hν − (1 / 2)mv 2
ν0 =
h
On the other hand, if the wavelength of the
incident radiation is more than certain critical
value, then photoelectric emission is not possible.
This wavelength is known as threshold
wavelength of cut-off wavelength. It is given by :
hc
λ0 =
[hν − (1 / 2)mv 2 ]
(d) Since Einstein treated photoelectric effect as a
collision between a photon and an atom, he
explained the instantaneous nature of
photoelectric effect.
Some other important points :
Stopping potential : The negative potential
applied to the collector in order to prevent the
electron from reaching the collector (i.e., to
reduce the photoelectric current to zero) is known
eV0 = mv 2max . = hν – W = h(ν – ν0)
2
Millikan measured K.E. of emitted electrons or
stopping potentials for different frequencies of
incident radiation for a given emitter. He plotted
a graph with the frequency on x-axis and stopping
potential on y-axis. The graph so obtained was a
straight line as shown in figure.
V0(stopping potential)
ν0
Frequency of incident light
Millikan measured the slope of the straight line
(=h/e) and calculated the value of Planck's constant.
I
Full intensity
75% intensity
50% intensity
25% intensity
– V0 +
Potential difference
25 MARCH 2010
 The intercept of V0 versus ν graph on frequency (ii) At stopping potential, if the wavelength of the
axis is equal to threshold frequency (ν0). From incident light is kept at 4000 Å but the intensity
this, the work function (hν0) can be calculated. of light is increased two times, will photoelectric
Graphs in photoelectric effect : current be obtained? Give reasons for your
(a) Photoelectric current versus potential difference answer.
graphs for varying intensity (keeping same metal hc
plate and same frequency of incident light) : Sol. (i) We have = eV1 + W
λ1
These graphs indicate that stopping potential is
independent of the intensity and saturation current hc
is directly proportional to the intensity of light. and = eV2 + W
λ2
ν2>ν1
I  1 1 
⇒ hc −  = e(V2 – V1)
 λ 2 λ1 
ν2 e(V2 − V1 ) 1.6 × 10 −19 (1.85 − 0.82)
ν1 or h = =
 1 1  8 1 1 
e −  3 × 10  − 7
− − 7 
– (V0)2 (V0)1 +  λ 2 λ1   3 × 10 4 × 10 
Potential difference = 6.592 × 10–34 Js
(b) Photoelectric current versus potential difference (ii) No, because the stopping potential depends only
graphs for varying frequency (keeping same
on the wavelength of light and not on its intensity.
metal plate and same intensity of incident light) :
These graphs indicate that the stopping potential
is constant for a given frequency. The stopping 2. A small plate of a metal (work function = 1.17 eV) is
potential increases with increase of frequency. plated at a distance of 2m from a monochromatic
The KE of the emitted electrons is proportional to
light source of wavelength 4.8 × 10–7 m and power
the frequency of incident light.
1.0 watt. The light falls normally on the plate. Find
the number of photons striking the metal plate per
square metre per second. If a constant magnetic field
Stopping potential

ν0 of strength 10–4 tesla is parallel to the metal surface,

find the radius of the largest circular path followed by
A1 A2 A3 Frequency the emitted photoelectrons.
B1
hc 6.6 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108
B2 Sol. Energy of one photon = =
λ 4.8 × 10 −7
B3
= 4.125 × 10–19 J
(c) Stopping potential versus frequency graphs for Number of photons emitted per second
different metals : These graphs indicate that the
stops is same for all metal, since they are parallel 1.0
= = 2.424 × 1018
straight lines. The slope is a universal constant 4.125 × 10 −19
(=h/e). Further, the threshold frequency varies
Number of photons striking the plate per square
with emitter since the intercepts on frequency axis
are different for different metals. metre per second
2.424 × 1018
= = 4.82 × 1016
2
4 × 3.14 × (2)
Solved Examples
Maximum kinetic energy of photoelectrons emitted
1. (i) A stopping potential of 0.82 V is required to stop from the plate
the emission of photoelectrons from the surface hc
of a metal by light of wavelength 4000 Å. For Emax = –W
λ
light of wavelength 3000 Å, the stopping
potential is 1.85 V. Find the value of Planck's = 4.125 × 10–19 – 1.17 × 1.6 × 10–19
constant. = 2.253 × 10–19 J

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 26 MARCH 2010

3. A monochromatic light source of frequency = 1.374 × 10–19 J
ν illuminates a metallic surface and ejects = 0.8588 eV
photoelectrons. The photoelectrons having maximum (ii) Energy of the photon emitted from a hydrogen
energy are just able to ionize the hydrogen atom in atom
ground state. When the whole experiment is repeated
with an incident radiation of frequency (5/6) ν, the hc 1 1
hν = =  − 
photoelectrons so emitted are able to excite the λ 2 2
32 
hydrogen atom beam which then emits a radiation of = 1.888 eV
wavelength 1215 Å. Find the work function of the
Wavelength of radiation,
metal and the frequency ν.
Sol. In the first case, 6.62 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108
λ=
Emax = Ionization energy = 13.6 eV 1.888 × 1.6 × 10 −19
= 21.76 × 10–19 J = 6.572 × 10–7m
= 6572 Å
So, hν = 21.76 × 10–19 J ....(1)
(iii) Work function of metal W = hν – Emax
In the second case,
= 1.8888 – 0.8588
hc = 1.03 eV
E'max =
λ
6.6 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108 5. X-rays are produced in an X-ray tube by electrons
=
1215 × 10 −10 accelerated through a potential difference of 50.0 kV.
An electron makes three collisions in the target
=16.3×10–19 J
before coming to rest and loses half of its kinetic
5νh energy in each of the first two collisions. Determine
So, = 16.3 × 10–19 + W ...(2)
6 the wavelengths of the resulting photons. Neglect the
Dividing Eq.(1) by Eq.(2) recoil of the heavy target atoms.
6 21.76 × 10 −19 + W Sol. Initial kinetic energy of the electron = 50.0 keV
=
5 16.3 × 10 −19 + W Kinetic energy after first collision = 25.0 keV
Solving, we get Energy of the photon produced in the first collision,
W = 11.0 × 10 – 19 J = 6.875 eV E1 = 50.0 – 25.0 = 25.0 keV
21.76 × 10 −19 + 11.0 ×10 −19 Wavelength of this photon
From Eq.(1) ν =
6.6 × 10 −34 hc 6.6 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108
λ1 = =
= 5 × 1015 Hz E1 1.6 × 10 −19 × 25.0 × 103
= 0.495 × 10–10 m = 0.495 Å
4. The radiation, emitted when an electron jumps from Kinetic energy of the electron after second collision
n = 3 to n = 2 orbit in a hydrogen atom, falls on a
metal to produce photoelectrons. The electrons from = 12.5 eV
the metal surface with maximum kinetic energy are Energy of the photon produced in the second
made to move perpendicular to a magnetic field of collision, E2 = 25.0 – 12.5 = 12.5 keV
1/320 T in a radius of 10–3 m. Find (i) the kinetic
Wavelength of this photon
energy of electrons, (ii) wavelength of radiation and
(iii) the work function of metal. hc 6.6 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108
λ2 = =
Sol. (i) Speed of an electron in the magnetic field, λ2 1.6 × 10 −19 × 25.0 × 103
Ber = 0.99 × 10–10 m
v=
m
= 0.99 Å
Kinetic energy of electrons
Kinetic energy of the electron after third collision = 0
1 B2e 2 r 2 Energy of the photon produced in the third collision,
Emax = mv2 =
2 2m E3 = 12.5 – 0 = 12.5 keV
2
 1  (1.6 × 10 −19 ) 2 × (10 −3 ) 2 This is same as E2. Therefore, wavelength of this
=   ×
 320  2 × 9.1× 10 −31 photon, λ3 = λ2 = 0.99 Å.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 27 MARCH 2010

 P HYSICS F UNDAMENTAL F OR IIT-J EE

Thermal Expansion, Thermodynamics

KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY

Thermal Expansion : Where ∆t is the loss or gain in time in a time interval t

.(a) When the temperature of a substance is increased, ∆T is change in temperature and d is coefficient of
it expands. The heat energy which is supplied to linear expansion.
the substance is gained by the constituent If a rod is heated or cooled but not allowed to expand
particles of the substance as its kinetic energy. or contract then the thermal stresses developed
Because of this the collisions between the F
constituents particles are accompanied with = γα∆T.
greater force which increase the distance between A
the constituent particles. If a scale is calibrated at a temperature T1 but used at
a temperature T2, then the observed reading will be
∆l = lα∆T ; ∆A = Aβ∆T ; ∆V = Vγ∆T
wrong. In this case the actual reading is given by
or l' = l (1 + α∆T) ; A' = A(1 + β∆T) ;
R = R0(1 + α∆T)
V' = V(1 + γ∆T) Where R0 is the observed reading, R is the actual
(b) Also ρ = ρ'(1 + γ∆T) where ρ' is the density at reading.
higher temperature clearly ρ' < ρ for substances For difference between two rods to the same at all
which have positive value of γ temperatures l 1α1 = l2α2.
* β = 2α and γ = 3α Thermodynamics
Water has negative value of γ for certain temperature According to first law of thermodynamics
range (0º to 4ºC). This means that for that q = ∆U + W
temperature range the volume decreases with
increase in temperature. In other words the density For an isothermal process (for a gaseous system)
increases with increase in temperature. (a) The pressure volume relationship is ρV = constt.
(b) ∆U = 0
(c) q = W
30 ml
(d) W = 2.303 nRT log10
25 ml
20 ml Vf p
= 2.303 nRT log10 i
15 ml Vi pf
10 ml (e) Graphs T2 > T1
5 ml P
P V
0 ml
If a liquid is kept in a container and the temperature T2
of the system is increased then the volume of the T1
V T T
liquid as well as the container increases. The
apparent change in volume of the liquid as shown by These lines are called isotherms (parameters at
the scale is constant temperature)
∆Vapp = V(γ – 3α) ∆T For an adiabatic process (for a gaseous system)
Where V is the volume of liquid at lower temperature (a) The pressure-volume relationship is PVγ = constt.
∆Vapp is the apparent change in volume (b) The pressure-volume-temperature relationship is
γ is the coefficient of cubical expansion of liquid PV
= constt.
α is the coefficients of linear expansion of the T
container. (c) From (a) and (b) TVγ–I = constt.
Loss or gain in time by a pendulum clock with (d) q = 0
1 (e) W = –∆U
change in temperature is ∆t = α(∆T) × t
2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 28 MARCH 2010

 R Step 3: Execute the solution as follows:
(f) ∆U = ncv∆T where cv = Solve for the target variables. Often you will be
γ −1
given two temperatures and asked to compute ∆T.
p i Vi − p f Vf nR (Ti − Tf ) Or you may be given an initial temperature T0 and
(g) W = =
γ −1 γ −1 asked to find a final temperature corresponding to
(h) Graphs a given length or volume change. In this case,
P V plan to find ∆T first; then the final temperature is
P
T0 + ∆T.
Unit consistency is crucial, as always. L0 and ∆L
(or V0 ∆V) must have the same units, and if you
V T T
use a value or α or β in K–1 or (Cº)–1, then ∆T
Please note that P-V graph line (isotherm) is must be in kelvins or Celsius degrees (Cº). But
steeper. you can use K and Cº interchangeably.
For isochoric process Step 4: Evaluate your answer: Check whether your
(a) P ∝ T results make sense. Remember that the sizes of holes
(b) W = 0 in a material expand with temperature just as the
(c) q = ∆U same way as any other linear dimension, and the
volume of a hole (such as the volume of a container)
R expands the same way as the corresponding solid
(d) ∆U = nCv∆T where Cv =
γ −1 shape.
(e) Graphs Problem solving strategy : Thermodynamics Ist Law
P P V Step 1: Identify the relevant concepts : The first law
of thermodynamics is the statement of the law of
conservation of energy in its most general form. You
can apply it to any situation in which you are
V T T concerned with changes in the internal energy of a
For isobaric process system, with heat flow into or out of a system, and/or
(a) V ∝ T with work done by or on a system.
(b) W = P∆V = P(Vf – Vi) = nR(Tf – Ti) Step 2: Set up the problem using the following steps
(c) ∆U = nCv∆T Carefully define what the thermodynamics system is.
The first law of thermodynamics focuses on
(d) q = nCp∆T
systems that go through thermodynamic
(e) Graphs processes. Some problems involve processes
P P V with more than one step. so make sure that you
identify the initial and final state for each step.
Identify the known quantities and the target
V T T variables.
For a cyclic process Check whether you have enough equations. The
first law, ∆U = Q – W, can be applied just once to
(a) ∆U = 0 ⇒ q = W
each step in a thermodynamic process, so you will
(b) Work done is the area enclosed in p-V graph. often need additional equations. These often
For any process depicted by P-V diagram, area under V2
the graph represents the word done.
Kirchoff's law states that good absorbers are good
include Eq. W = ∫ p dV for the work done in a
V1
emitters also.
volume change and the equation of state of the
Problem solving Strategy : Thermal Expansion
material that makes up the thermodynamic system
Step 1: Identify the relevant concepts: Decide (for an ideal gas, pV = nRT).
whether the problem involves changes in length
Step 3: Execute the solution as follows :
(linear thermal expansion) or in volume (volume
thermal expansion) You shouldn't be surprised to be told that
Step 2: Set up the problem using the following steps: consistent units are essential. If p is a Pa and V in
m3, then W is in joules. Otherwise, you may want
Eq. ∆L = αL0∆T for linear expansion and
to convert the pressure and volume units into
Eq. ∆V = βV0∆T for volume expansion. units of Pa and m3. If a heat capacity is given in
Identify which quantities in Eq. ∆L = αL0∆T or terms of calories, usually the simplest procedure
∆V = βV0∆T are known and which are the is to convert it to joules. Be especially careful
unknown target variables. with moles. When you use n = mtot/M to convert

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 29 MARCH 2010

 between total mass and number of moles, 5 V25 ρ (1 + 75γ ) 1 + 75γ
remember that if mtot is in kilograms, M must be = × 100 =
4.9 V25 × 1.0027 ρ100 1.0027
in kilograms per mole. The usual units for M are
grams per mole; be careful ! or γ = 3.1 × 10–4 (ºC)–1
The internal energy change ∆U in any 2. A one litre flask contains some mercury. It is found
thermodynamic process or series of processes in that at different temperature the volume of air inside
independent of the path, whether the substance is the flask remains the same. What is the volume of
an ideal gas or not. This point is of the utmost mercury in flask ? Given that the coefficient of linear
importance in the problems in this topic. expansion of glass = 9 × 10–6(ºC)–1 and coefficient of
Sometimes you will be given enough information volume expansion of mercury = 1.8 × 10–4 (ºC–1).
about one path between the given initial and final Sol. Let V = Volume of the vessel
states to calculate ∆U for that path. Since ∆U is V' = Volume of mercury
the same for every possible path between the For unoccupied volume to remain constant increase
same two states, you can then relate the various in volume of mercury should be equal to increase in
energy quantities for other paths. volume of vessel.
When a process consists of several distinct steps, V × γg
∴ V' γm∆T = Vγg∆T or V' =
it often helps to make a chart showing Q, W, and γm
∆U for each step. Put these quantities for each
1000 × 27 × 10 −6
step on a different line, and arrange them so the ∴ V' = = 150 cm3
−4
Q's, W's, and ∆U's form columns. Then you can 1.8 × 10
apply the first law to each line ; in addition, you
3. A clock with a metallic pendulum gains 6 seconds
can add each column and apply the first law to the
each day when the temperature is 20ºC and loses 12
sums. Do you see why ?
seconds each day when the temperature is 40ºC. Find
Using above steps, solve for the target variables. the coefficient of linear expansion of the metal.
Step 4: Evaluate your answer : Check your results for Sol. Time taken for one oscillation of the pendulum is
reasonableness. In particular, make sure that each of L L
your answers has the correct algebraic sign. T = 2π or T2 = 4π2 × .....(1)
g g
Remember that a positive Q means that heat flows
into the system, and that a negative Q means that heat Partially differentiating, we get
flows into the system, and that a negative Q means ∆L
2T∆t = 4π2 × .....(2)
that heat flows out of the system. A positive W g
means that work is done by the system on its
Dividing (2) by (1), we get
environment, while a negative W means that work is
∆T ∆L α L∆t 1
done on the system by its environment. = = = α∆t
T 2L 2L 2
where ∆t is the change in temperature. Now,
Solved Examples One day = 24 hours = 86400 sec
Let t be the temperature at which the clock keeps
1. A metallic bob weighs 50 g in air. It it is immersed correct time.
in a liquid at a temperature of 25ºC, it weighs 45 g. At 20ºC, the gain in time is
When the temperature of the liquid is raised to 100ºC, 1
6 = α × (t – 20) × 86400 ....(3)
it weighs 45.1 g. Calculate the coefficient of cubical 2
expansion of the liquid given that the coefficient of At 40ºC, the loss in time is
linear expansion of the metal is 2 × 10–6(ºC)–1. 1
Sol. Loss in weight in liquid at 25ºC = (50 – 45) = 5 gm 12 = α× (40 – t) × 86400 ...(4)
2
Weight of liquid displaced at 25ºC = V25ρ25g
Dividing (4) by (3), we have
∴ 5 = V25ρ25g ...(1)
12 40 − t
Similarly, V100ρ100g = 50 – 45.1 = 4.9 gm ...(2) =
From eq.(1) & (2) we get, 6 t − 20
5 V ρ 80
= 25 . 25 which gives t = ºC.
4.9 V100 ρ100 3
Now, V100 = V25(1 + γmetal × 75)= V25(1 + 3αmetal × 75) Using the value in equation(3), we have
= V25(1 + 3 × 12 × 10–6 × 75) 1  80 
6= × α ×  − 20  × 86400
or V100 = V25(1 + 0.0027) = V25 × 1.0027 2  3 
Also, ρ25 = ρ100(1 + γ × 75) which gives α = 2.1 × 10–5 perºC
where, γ = Required coefficient of expansion of the liquid

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 30 MARCH 2010

4. A piston can freely move inside a horizontal cylinder
closed from both ends. Initially, the piston separates P0
the inside space of the cylinder into two equal parts
each of volume V0, in which an ideal gas is contained
under the same pressure p0 and at the same
temperature. What work has to be performed in
order to increase isothermally the volume of one part
P0
of gas η times compared to that of the other by
slowly moving the piston ? Sol. Let A1 = Cross section of upper piston
Sol. Let volume of chambers changes by ∆V. According A2 = Cross section of lower piston
to the problem, the final volume of left chamber is η T = Tension in the string
times final volume of right chamber. P = Gas pressure
∴ V0 + ∆V = η(V0 – ∆V) m1 = Mass of upper piston
 η −1  m2 = Mass of lower piston
or ∆V =   V0 Now, consider FBD of upper piston
 η +1
P0 A1
P0,v0,T0 P0,v0,T0

PA1 m1g
As piston is moved slowly therefore, change in From equilibrium consideration of upper piston
kinetic energy is zero. By work-energy theorem, we we get, P0A1 + T + m1g = PA1
can write Similarly, consider FBD of lower piston
ext
Wgas in right chamber + Wgas in left chamber + WAgent = ∆KE T
ext PA2
WAgent = (Wgas(R) + Wgas(L))
We know that in isothermal process, work done is
given by
V  P0 A2 m2g
W = nRT ln  f  ∴ P0A2 + T = m2g + PA2
 Vi  Eliminating T, we get
∴ Work done by gas in left chamber (WL) (m1 + m 2 )g
P = P0 +
 V + ∆V   2η  A1 − A 2
= P0V0 ln  0  = P0V0 ln 
 
 V0   η +1 According to problem
Similarly, work done by gas in right chamber (WR) m = m1 + m2
 V − ∆V   2η  and ∆S = A1 – A2
= P0V0 ln  0  = P0V0 ln 
  mg
 V0   η +1 ∴ P = P0 +
∆S
ext  2η   2η  Now, PV = RT
WAgent = –P0V0 ln   – P0V0 ln  
 η +1  η +1 P∆V
or P∆V = R∆T or ∆T =
 η +1
2 R
= P0V0 ln   But ∆V = (A1 – A2)l = ∆S. l
 4η 
 mg 
∴ ∆T =  P0 +  ∆S.l
5. A smooth vertical tube having two different sections  ∆S 
is open from both ends equipped with two pistons of
different areas figure. Each piston slides within a
respective tube section. One mole of ideal gas is l l
enclosed between the pistons tied with a non-
stretchable thread. The cross-sectional area of the
upper piston is ∆S greater than that of the lower one.
The combined mass of the two pistons is equal to m. l
The outside air pressure is P0. By how many kelvins
must the gas between the pistons be heated to shift
the pistons through l.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 31 MARCH 2010

 KEY CONCEPT
Organic PURIFICATION OF
Chemistry
Fundamentals ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
Qualitative Analysis :
Qualitative analysis of an organic compound involves
the detection of various elements present in it. The
elements commonly present in organic compounds
are carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, halogens,
sulphur and sometimes phosphorus.
Detection of Carbon and Hydrogen :
This is done by heating the given organic compound
with dry cupric oxide in a hard glass test tube when
carbon present is oxidised to carbon dioxide and
hydrogen is oxidised to water.
∆
C + 2 CuO → CO2 + 2Cu
∆
2H + CuO → H2O + Cu
Carbon dioxide turns lime water milky.
Ca(OH)2 + CO 2 → CaCO 3 + H2O
( from C ) ( Milky )
Water condenses on the cooler parts of the test tube
and turns anhydrous copper sulphate blue.
CuSO 4 + 5H2O → CuSO 4 .5H2O
( white ) ( Blue)
Detection of Nitrogen, Sulphur and Halogens :
Nitrogen, sulphur and halogens in any organic
compound are detected by Lassaigne's test.
Preparation of Lassaigne's Extract (or sodium extract):
A small piece of sodium is gently heated in an
ignition tube till it melts. The ignition tube is
removed from the flame, about 50–60 mg of the
organic compound added and the tube heated
strongly for 2–3 minutes to fuse the material inside it.
After cooling , the tube is carefully broken in a china
dish containing about 20–30 mL of distilled water.
The fused material along with the pieces of ignition
tube are crushed with the help of a glass rod and the
contents of the china dish are boiled for a few
minutes. The sodium salts formed in the above
reactions (i.e., NaCN, Na2S, NaX or NaSCN)
dissolve in water. Excess of sodium, if any, reacts
with water to give sodium hydroxide. This alkaline
solution is called Lassaigne's extract or sodium
extract. The solution is then filtered to remove the
insoluble materials and the filtrate is used for making
the tests for nitrogen, sulphur and halogens.
Reactions : An organic compound containing C, H,
N, S, halogens when fused with sodium metal gives
the following reactions.
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
C + N + Na fusion
→ NaCN
in organic compound sodium cyanide
X(Cl, Br, I) + Nafusion
→ NaX(X=Cl,Br, I)
from organic compound sodium halide
S + 2Na fusion
→ Na2S
from organic compound sodium sulphide
If nitrogen and sulphur both are present in any
organic compound, sodium thiocyanate (NaSCN) is
formed during fusion which in the presence of excess
sodium, forms sodium cyanide and sodium sulphide.
Na + C + N + S fusion → NaCNS
in organic compound sodium thiocyanate
Detection of Nitrogen :
Take a small quantity of the sodium extract in a test
tube. If not alkaline, make it alkaline by adding 2–3
drops of sodium hydroxide (NaOH) solution. To this
solution, add 1 mL of freshly prepared solution of
ferrous sulphate. Heat the mixture of the two
solutions to boiling and then acidify it with dilute
sulphuric acid. The appearance of prussion blue or
green colouration or precipitate confirms the
presence of nitrogen in the given organic compound.
Chemistry of the test : The following reactions
describe the chemistry of the tests of nitrogen. The
carbon and nitrogen present in the organic compound
on fusion with sodium metal give sodium cyanide
(NaCN). NaCN being ionic salt dissolves in water.
So, the sodium extract contains sodium cyanide.
Sodium cyanide on reaction with ferrous sulphate
gives sodium ferrocyanide. On heating, some of the
ferrous salt is oxidised to the ferric salt and this reacts
with sodium ferrocyanide to form ferric-ferrocyanide.
6 NaCN + FeSO4 → Na4[Fe(CN)6] + Na2SO4
sodium ferrocyanide
3Na4[Fe(CN)6] + 2Fe2(SO4)3
formed during boiling of the solution
→ Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3 + 6Na2SO4
prussian blue
When nitrogen and sulphur both are present in any
organic compound, sodium thiocyanate is formed
during fusion. When extracted with water sodium
thiocynate goes into the sodium extract and gives
blood red colouration with ferric ions due to the
formation of ferric thiocyanate
32 MARCH 2010
 Na + C + N + S NaCNS (b)CS2 layer test for detecting bromine and iodine:
from organic Sod. thiocyanate Boil a small quantity of sodium extract with dilute
3+
HNO3 for 1–2 min and cool the solution. To this
3NaCNS + Fe → Fe(CNS)3 + 3Na+ solution, add a few drops of carbon disulphide (CS2)
ferric thiocyanate (blood red) and 1–2 mL fresh chlorine water, and shake.
Note : (i) Some compounds like hydrazine Appearance of orange colour in the CS2 layer
(NH2NH2) although contain nitrogen, they do not confirms the presence of bromine, whereas that of a
respond Lassaigne's test because they do not have violet/purple colouration confirms the presence of
any carbon and hence NaCN in not formed. iodine in the compound.
(ii) Diazonium salts do not show Lassaigne's test 2NaBr(aq) + Cl2 CS
2 → Br2 + NaCl(aq)
because they are unstable and lose nitrogen as N2 gas in sodium extract dissolves in CS2 to
on heating. Hence during fusion, no NaCN is formed give orange colour.
in Lassaigne's extract due the loss of nitrogen.
Detection of Sulphur : 2NaI(aq) + Cl2 CS 2 → I2 + 2NaCl(aq)
The presence of sulphur in any organic compound is in sodium extract dissolves in CS2
detected by using sodium extract as follows: to give purple/violet colour
(a) Lead acetate test : Acidify a small portion of Detection of Phosphorus :
sodium extract with acetic acid and add lead acetate In order to detect phosphorus, the organic compound
solution to it. A black precipitate of lead sulphide is fused with sodium peroxide, when phosphorus is
indicates the presence of sulphur. converted into sodium phosphate.
+
(CH3COO)2Pb + Na2S H→ PbS + 2CH3COONa 5Na2O2 + 2P Fuse
→ 2 Na 3 PO 4 + 2Na2O
( Compound ) Sod. phosphate
lead acetate black ppt
(b) Sodium nitroprusside test : To a small quantity The fused mass is extracted with water and the water
of sodium extract taken in a test tube, add 2-3 drops is extract is boiled with conc. HNO3. Upon cooling a
of sodium nitroprusside solution. A violet colour few drops of ammonium molybdate solution are
indicates the presence of sulphur. This colour fades added. A yellow ppt. of ammonium
away slowly on standing. phosphomolybdate indicates the presence of
phosphorus in the organic compound.
Na2S + Na2[Fe(CN)5NO] → Na4[Fe(CN)5NOS]
Na3PO4 + 3HNO3 → H3PO4 + 3NaNO3
sodium nitroprusside violet or purple colour
H3PO4 + 12(NH4)2MoO4 + 21 HNO3 →
Detection of Halogens :
( NH 4 ) 3 PO 4 . 12 MoO3 + 21 NH4NO3 + 12H2O
The presence of halogens in any organic compound is ( yellow ppt .)
detected by using sodium extract (Lassaigne's Quantitative Analysis :
extract) by silver nitrate test.
The quantitative analysis of an organic compound
(a) Silver nitrate test: Sodium extract (or means the estimation of percentage composition of
Lassaigne's extract) is boiled with dilute nitric acid to each element present in the organic compound.
decompose sodium cyanide or sodium sulphide (if
Estimation of Nitrogen : Duma's Method :
present) to hydrogen cyanide and hydrogen sulphide
gases, respectively. This solution is cooled and silver Principle : A known mass of the organic substance is
nitrate solution added. A white precipitate soluble in heated with excess of copper oxide in an atmosphere
ammonia shows chlorine, a yellowish precipitate of CO2. Carbon, hydrogen and sulphur (if present) are
sparingly soluble in ammonia indicates bromine, and oxidised to CO2, H2O and SO2 while nitrogen is set
a yellow precipitate insoluble in ammonia shows the free. A small amount of nitrogen may be oxidised to
presence of iodine in the given organic compound. oxides but they are reduced back to free nitrogen by
passing over a hot reduced copper gauze.
NaCl(aq) + AgNO3(aq) → AgCl(s) + NaNO3(aq) ∆
Oxides of nitrogen + Cu → CuO + N2
white precipitate
The nitrogen thus formed is collected over conc.
(soluble in ammonia)
KOH solution taken in Schiff's nitrometer tube which
NaBr(aq) + AgNO3(aq) → AgBr(s) + NaNO3(aq) absorbs all other gases i.e., CO2, H2O vapours, SO2
light yellow ppt. etc. The volume of nitrogen collected is converted to
(sparingly soluble in ammonia) STP and from this the precentage of nitrogen can be
calculated.
NaI(aq) + AgNO3(aq) → AgI(s) + NaNO3(aq)
% age of Nitrogen
yellow precipitate
28 Vol. of N 2 at STP
(insoluble in ammonia) = × × 100
22400 Mass of Substance taken

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 33 MARCH 2010

 KEY CONCEPT

Inorganic
Chemistry
BORON & CARBON
Fundamentals FAMILY
Boron Trihalides : As a result of this back donation, the electron
The trihalides of boron are electron deficient deficiency of boron gets compensated and its Lewis
compounds having a planar structure as shown. They acid character decreases.
act as Lewis acids because of incomplete octet. Now, the tendency for back donation is maximum in
X the case of fluorine due to its small size and more
interelectronic repulsions, therefore, it is the least
acidic. The tendency of back bonding falls as we
120º
move from BF3 to BCl3 and BCl3 to BBr3 due to
B increase in the size of halogen atoms consequently,
the acidic character increase accordingly.
X Planar structure of X π
boron trihalides
BF3 + : NH 3 → F3 B ← NH3 F
Lewis acid Lewis base Addition product F
B
−
BF3 + :F → BF4− F
Lewis acid Lewis base Fluoroborate ion
π
The acid strength of trihalides decreases as :
Empty 2p-orbital
BF3 < BCl3 < BBr3 < BI3 2p-orbital with lone pair
Explanation : pπ-pπ back bonding
This order of acid strength is reverse of what may
Acidic nature of H3BO3 or B(OH)3 :
normally be expected on the basis of
electronegativity of halogens. Since F is most Since B(OH)3 only partially reacts with water to form
electronegative, hence BF3 should be most electron H3O+ and [B(OH)4]–, it behaves as a weak acid. Thus
deficient and thus should be strongest acid. The H3BO3 or (B(OH)3) cannot be titrated satisfactorily
anomalous behaviour is explained on the basis of with NaOH, as a sharp end point is not obtained. If
tendency of halogen atom to back-donate its electrons certain organic polyhydroxy compounds such as
to boron atom. For example, in BF3 one of the glycerol, mannitol or sugars are added to the titration
2p-orbital of F atom having lone pair overlaps mixture, then B(OH)3 behaves as a strong monobasic
sidewise with the empty 2p-orbital of boron atom to acid. It can now be titrated with NaOH, and the end
form pπ-pπ back bonding. This is also known as back point is detected using phenolphthalein as indicator
donation. Further, due to back-π donation of three (indicator changes at pH 8.3 – 10.0).
surrounding fluorine atoms. BF3 can be represented 2B(OH)3 + 2NaOH
as a resonance hybrid of following three structures. Na[B(OH)4] + NaBO 2 + 2H 2 O
sodium metaborate
+
F F F F –
B– = F+ B– – F B– — F ≡ B —F The added compound must be a cis-diol, to
F F + F
F enhance the acidic properties in this way. (This
Resonating forms of BF3 Probable hybrid means that it has OH groups on adjacent carbon
structure atoms in the cis configuration.) The cis-diol forms

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 34 MARCH 2010

 very stable complexes with the [B(OH)4]– formed 4BF3 + 3 LiAlH4 → 2B2H6 + 3LiF + 3AlF3
by the forward reaction above, thus effectively A convenient laboratory method for the preparation
removing it from solution. The reaction is of diborane involves the oxidation of sodium
reversible. Thus removal of one of the products at borohydride with iodine.
the right hand side of the equation upsets the
2NaBH4 + I2 → B2H6 + 2NaI + H2
balance, and the reaction proceeds completely to
the right. Thus all the B(OH)3 reacts with NaOH : Diborane is produced on an industrial scale by the
in effect it acts as a strong acid in the presence of reaction of BF3 with sodium hydride.
the cis-diol. 2BF3 + 6NaH 450
 K
→ B2H6 + 6NaF
– Diborane is a colourless, highly toxic gas with a b.p.
–
– C – OH HO OH –C–O OH HO – C –
–2H2O of 180 K. Diborane catches fire spontaneously upon
+ B B + exposure to air. It burns in oxygen releasing an
– C – OH HO OH –C–O OH HO – C – enormous amount of energy.
B2H6 + 3O2 → B2O3 + 3H2O;
– ∆cHΘ = – 1976 kJ mol–1
–C–O O–C–
–2H2O Most of the higher boranes are also spontaneously
B
flammable in air. Boranes are readily hydrolysed by
–C–O O–C– water to give boric acid.
B2H6 (g) + 6H2O(l) → 2B(OH)3 (aq) + 6H2 (g)
Borax :
Diborane undergoes cleavage reactions with Lewis
The most common metaborate is borax
bases (L) to give borane adducts, BH3.L
Na2[B4O5(OH)4] . 8H2O. It is a useful primary
standard for titrating against acids. B2H6 + 2 NMe3 → 2BH3.NMe3

(Na2[B4O5(OH)4] . 8H2O) + 2HCl → B2H6 + 2 CO → 2BH3.CO

2NaCl + 4H3BO3 + 5H2O
One of the products H3BO3 is itself a weak acid. Thus
the indicator used to detect the end point of this
reaction must be one that is unaffected by H3BO3.
Methyl orange is normally used, which changes in
the pH range 3.1 – 4.4.
One mole of borax reacts with two moles of acid.
This is because when borax is dissolved in water both
B(OH)3 and [B(OH)4]– are formed, but only the
[B(OH)4]– reacts with HCl.
[B4O5(OH)4]2– + 5H2O 2B(OH)3 + 2[B(OH)4]–
2[B(OH)4]– + 2H3O+ → 2B(OH)3 + 4H2O
The last reaction will titrate at pH 9.2, so the
indicator must have pKa < 8. Borax is also used as a
buffer since its aqueous solution contains equal
amounts of weak acid and its salt.
Diborane, B2H6 :
The simplest boron hydride known, is diborane. It is
prepared by treating boron trifluoride with LiAlH4 in
diethyl ether.
Reaction of ammonia with diborane gives initially
B2H6. 2NH3 which is formulated as [BH2(NH3)2]+
[BH4]– ; further heating gives borazine, B3N3H6
known as "inorganic benzene" in view of its ring
structure with alternate BH and NH groups.
3B2H6 + 6NH3 → 3[BH2(NH3)2]+ [BH4]–
Heat
→ 2B3N3H6 + 12H2
The structure of diborane is shown in Fig.(a). The
four terminal hydrogen atoms and the two boron
atoms lie in one plane. Above and below this plane,
there are two bridging hydrogen atoms.
H H
H 97º B 120º
B 119pm H
134pm
H H
Fig. (a) The structure of diborane, B2H6
The four terminal B-H bonds are regular two centre-
two electron bonds while the two bridge (B-H-B)
bonds are different and can be described in terms of
three centre-two electron bonds shown in Fig. (b).

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 35 MARCH 2010

 Boron also forms a series of hydridoborates; the most R R
important one is the tetrahedral [BH4]– ion. HO – Si – OH + H O – Si – OH
Tetrahydridoborates of several metals are known. R R R R
Lithium and sodium tetrahydridoborates, also known
HO – Si – O – Si – OH
as borohydrides, are prepared by the reaction of
R R
metal hydrides with B2H6 in diethyl ether.
Polymerisation continues on both the ends and thus
2MH + B2H6 → 2M+ [BH4]– (M = Li or Na)
chain increases in length.
H H H
RSiCl3 on hydrolysis gives a cross linked silicone.
H H H The formation can be explained in three steps :
B B B B Cl OH
H H H 3H2O
(i) R – Si – Cl R – Si – OH
H H H –3HCl
Cl OH
Fig. (b) Bonding in diborane. Each B atom uses
R R R
sp3 hybrids for bonding. Out of the four sp3
(ii) HO – Si – OH + H O – Si – OH + H O – Si – OH
hybrids on each B atom, one is without an electron
shown in broken lines. The terminal B-H bonds OH OH OH
are normal 2-centre-2- electron bonds but the two R R R
bridge bonds are 3-centre-2-electron bonds. The HO – Si – O – Si – O – Si – OH
3-centre-2-electron bridge bonds are also referred
OH OH OH
to as banana bonds.
R R R
Both LiBH4 and NaBH4 are used as reducing agents
(iii) HO – Si – O – Si – O – Si – OH
in organic synthesis. –3H2O
OH OH OH
Silicones :
HO HO HO
These are organosilicon polymers containing Si – O – Si
HO – Si – O – Si – O – Si – OH
linkages. These are formed by the hydrolysis of alkyl
R R R
or aryl substituded chlorosilanes and their subsequent
polymerisation. The alkyl or aryl substitued R R R
chlorosilanes are prepared by the reaction of – O – Si – O – Si – O – Si – O –
Grignard reagent and silicon tetrachloride. O O O
RMgCl + SiCl4 → R – SiCl3 + MgCl2 – O – Si – O – Si – O – Si – O –
Grignard reagent
R R R
2RMgCl + SiCl4 → R2SiCl2 + 2MgCl2 Cross linked silicone

3RMgCl + SiCl4 → R3SiCl + 3MgCl2 Cyclic (ring) silicones are formed when water is
eliminated from the terminal –OH group of linear
R stands for – CH3, –C2H5 or –C6H5 groups
silicones.
Hydrolysis of substituted chlorosilanes yield R R
corresponding silanols which udergo polymeri-
sation. Si
O O
R Cl H OH –2HCl R OH
Si + Si R R
R Cl H OH R OH Si Si
Dialky silandiol R R
O
Polymerisation of dialkyl silandiol yields linear R3SiCl on hydrolysis forms only a dimer
thermoplastic polymer. R3Si OH + OH Si R3 R3Si – O – Si R3

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 36 MARCH 2010

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 37 MARCH 2010
 UNDERSTANDING
Inorganic Chemistry

1. For SO2(g) at 273 K and 1 atm pressure, the dielectric bond length in benzene is 0.14 nm, so that side of the
constant (or relative permittivity) is 1.00993. This box would be about 0.28 nm. Estimate wavelength
molecule has a permanent dipole moment of 1.63 D. for transition from ground state to first excited state
Assuming that SO2 behaves as an ideal gas, calculate of benzene, assuming that it is π-bonding electrons
per mol of (a) total, (b) orientation, (c) induced that are involved.
polarizations, and (d) distortion polarizability. Sol. For the one-dimensional box,
Sol. We have h2
ε E= n2
εr = = 1.00993 8ml 2
ε0 Thus, the ground state energy E1 in a one-
p = 1.63 D = 1.63(3.3356 × 10–30 Cm) dimensional box of length 0.14 nm is
Vm = 22414 cm3 mol–1 at 1 atm and 273 K h2
(a) Total polarization, E1 =
ε −1 M 8m(0.14nm) 2
Ptotal = r For the two-dimensional square box,
εr + 2 ρ
h2
1.00993 − 1 E2 = (n12 + n 22 )
= × 22.414 cm3 mol–1 8ml 2
1.00993 + 2
= 73.95 cm3 mol–1 Now since l = 0.28 nm, we have
(b) Orientation polarization, h2 E
E2 = 2
(n12 + n 22 ) = 1 (n12 + n 22 )
N  p 2  8m(2 × 0.14nm) 4
P0 = A 
3ε 0  3kT  The various energy levels are as follows.

 {6.023 × 10 23 mol −1}  n1 n2 E2

=   1 1 E1/2
 3(8.854 × 10 −12 C 2 N −1m − 2 
 (1.63 × 3.3356 × 10 −30 Cm) 2 
 
 3(1.38 × 10 − 23 J K −1 )(273 K ) 
2
1
2
1
2
2
(5/4)E1
(5/4)E1
2E1
} degenerate

= 59.31 × 10–6 m3 mol–1 = 59.31 cm3 mol–1

(c) Induced polarization, The first three energy levels will be doubly occupied
Pind = Ptotal – P0 in the ground state and hence the first excited state is
= 73.95 cm3 mol–1 – 59.31 cm3 mol–1 obtained when the electron is promoted from n1 = 1,
= 14.64 cm3 mol–1 n2 = 2 state to n1 = 2, n2 = 2 state. Thus
(d) Distortion polarizability, 5 3
∆E = 2E1 – E1 = E1
Pind 4 4
αd = Since the wavelength is inversely proportional to
(1 / 3ε 0 ) N A
energy, the corresponding wavelength would be
14.64 × 10 –6 m 3 mol −1 (4/3)λ, i.e.
=
{1 /(3 × 8.854 × 10 −12 C 2 N −1m − 2 )}(6.023 × 10 23 mol −1 ) 4
× 70 nm = 93 nm
= 6.46 × 10–40 C2 N–1 m 3

2. An electron confined to a one-dimensional box of
length 0.14 nm has a ground-state energy
corresponding to the radiation of wavelength about
70 nm. Benzene, as a rough approximation, may be
considered to be a two-dimensional box that
encompasses the regular hexagonal shape. The C—C
3. A metal (A) gives the following observations :
(i) It gives golden yellow flame.
(ii) It is highly reactive and used in photoelectric cells
as well as used in the preparation of Lassaigane
solution.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 38 MARCH 2010

 (iii) (A) on fusion with NaN3 and NaNO3 separately, The reduction equation of (F) is
yields an alkaline oxide (B) and an inert gas (C). The O22– + 2H2O + 2e– → 4OH–
gas (C) when mixed with H2 in Haber's process gives (vi) (G) is sodamide because it is used in the
another gas (D). (D) turns red litmus blue and gives dehydrohalogenation reactions.
white dense fumes with HCl. Na 2 O + NH3(l) → NaNH 2 + NaOH
(iv) Compound (B) react with water forming on ( B) (G ) (E)

alkaline solution (E). (E) is used for the CH3 – CH – CH2 + 2NaNH2 ∆ CH3 – C ≡ CH
saponification of oils and fats to give glycerol and a
hard soap. Br Br Propyne
(v) (B) on heating at 670 K give (F) and (A). The + 2NaBr + 2NH3
compound (F) liberates H2O2 on reaction with dil.
mineral acids. It is an oxidising agent and oxidises 4. A green coloured compound (A) gave the following
Cr(OH)3 to chromate, manganous salt to manganate, reactions :
sulphides to sulphates. (i) (A) dissolves in water to give a green solution.
(vi) (B) reacts with liquid ammonia to give (G) and The solution on reaction with AgNO3 gives a white
(E). (G) is used for the conversion of 1, 2 ppt. (B) which dissolves in NH4OH solution and
dihaloalkanes into alkynes. reappears on addition of dil. HNO3. It on heating with
What are (A) to (G)? Explain the reactions involved. K2Cr2O7 and conc. H2SO4 produced a red gas which
Sol. (i) (A) appears to be Na as it gives the golden yellow dissolves in NaOH to give yellow solution (C).
flame. It is also used in the preparation of Lassaigane Addition of lead acetate solution to (C) gives a
solution which is sodium extract of organic yellow ppt. which is used as a paint.
compounds. (ii) The hydroxide of cation of (A) in borax bead test
gives brown colour in oxidising flame and grey
Na + C + N → NaCN
colour in reducing flame.
Na + Cl → NaCl
(iii) Aqueous solution of (A) gives a black ppt. on
2Na + S → Na2S passing H2S gas. The black ppt. dissolves in
(ii) Compound (B) is Na2O and (C) is N2 while (D) is aquaregia and gives back (A).
NH3, as (D) is alkaline and turns red litmus blue and (iv) (A) on boiling with NaHCO3 and Br2 water gives
gives white fumes with HCl a black ppt. (D)
(C) + H2 → NH3 (v) (A) on treatment with KCN gives a light green
N2 + 3H2 2 NH 3 ppt. (E) which dissolves in excess of KCN to give
( D)
(F). (F) on heating with alkaline bromine water gives
NH3 + HCl → NH4Cl the same black ppt. as (D).
White fumes Identify compounds (A) to (F) and give balanced
(iii) is prepared from Na as follows. equations of the reactions.
2NaNO3 + 10 Na → 6 Na 2 O + N 2 Sol. Reaction (i) indicates that (A) contains Cl– ions
( B) (C)
because, it gives white ppt. soluble in NH4OH. It is
3NaN3 + NaNO2 → 2 Na 2O + N 2 again confirmed because it gives chromyl chloride
( B) (C) test. The colour of oxidising and reducing flames
(iv) Compound (E) is NaOH as it is used in the indicate that (A) also contains Ni2+ ions. Hence, (A)
preparation of soaps. is NiCl2. The different reactions are :
Na 2O + H2O → 2 NaOH (i) NiCl2 + 2AgNO3 → 2AgCl + Ni(NO3)2
(E)
( B)
AgCl + 2NH3 → [Ag( NH 3 ) 2 ]Cl
CH2OOCC17H35 CH2OH So lub le

∆ Ag(NH3)2Cl + 2HNO3 → AgCl ↓ + 2NH4NO3

CHOOCC17H35 + 3NaOH CH2OH + 3C17H35COONa white ppt . ( B)
(soap) The equations of chromyl chloride tests are :
CH2OOCC17H35 CH2OH
NiCl2 + Na2CO3 → 2NaCl + NiCO3
(v) (F) is sodium peroxide as only peroxides gives 4NaCl + K2Cr2O7 + 6H2SO4 → 4NaHSO4 + 2KHSO4
H2O2 on reaction with dil. acids. + 3H2O + 2CrO 2 Cl 2
2 Na 2 O 670
 K
→ Na 2 O 2 + 2 Na Re d gas
( B) ∆ ( F) (A)
CrO2Cl2 + 4NaOH → Na 2 CrO 4 + 2NaCl + 2H2O
Na 2 O 2 + H 2SO 4 → H2O2 + Na2SO4 Yellow solution ( C )
( F) dil.
Na2CrO4 + (CH3COO)2Pb → PbCrO 4 + 2CH3COONa
(F) gives the following oxidations : Yellow ppt .
Cr(OH)3 + 5OH– → CrO42– + 4H2O + 3e–
(ii) Na2B4O7 . 10H2O ∆ Na2B4O7 + 10H2O
Mn2+ + 8OH– → MnO4– + 4H2O + 5e–
S2– + 8OH– → SO42– + 4H2O + 8e–

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 39 MARCH 2010

 Hb
Na2B4O7 ∆
Ht Ht
2 NaBO 2 + B 2 O 3
144 42444 3
Transparent bead 97º
B B 121.5º
NiO + B2O3 ∆ Ni(BO 2 ) 2 [Oxidising flame] 1.33Å
Nickel meta
borate ( Brown ) Ht 1.19Å Hb Ht
∆ 1.77Å
Ni(BO2)2 + C Ni + B2O3 + CO Thus, the diborane molecule has four two-centre-two
Grey
[Reducing flame] electron bonds (2c-2e– bonds) also called usual bonds
and two three-centre-two-electron bonds (3c-2e–
(iii) NiCl2 + H2S → 2HCl + NiS ↓
Black ppt . bonds) also called banana bonds. Hydrogen attached
NiS + 2HCl + [O] → NiCl 2 + H2S ↑ to usual and banana bonds are called Ht (terminal H)
(A) and Hb (bridged H) respectively.
(iv) NiCl 2 + 2NaHCO3 → NiCO3 + 2NaCl
(A)
+ CO2 + H2O
∆
TRUE OR FALSE
2NiCO3 + 4NaOH + [O] Ni 2 O 3 ↓
Black ppt . 1. Two simple harmonic motion are represented by
( D)
 π
+ 2Na2CO3 + H2O the equation x1 = 5 sin  2πt +  and x2 =
(v) NiCl 2 + 2KCN → Ni(CN ) 2 + 2KCl  4
(A) Green ppt .
(E) 5 2 (sin 2πt + cos 2πt). Their amplitudes are in
the ratio 1 : 2.
Ni(CN)2 + 2KCN → K 2 [ Ni(CN ) 4 ]
( F) 2. When a dielectric is introduced between the plates
NaOH + Br2 → NaOBr + HBr of a capacitor at a constant potential difference,
the charge on the plates remains unchanged.
2K2[Ni(CN)4] + 4NaOH + 9NaOBr ∆
3. Heat can never be converted completely into
Ni 2 O 3 ↓ + 4KCNO + 9NaBr + 4NaCNO work.
(D)
4. The workings of a triode as an amplifier and a
5. Compound (X) on reduction with LiAlH4 gives a step-up transformer are same.
hydride (Y) containing 21.72% hydrogen along with 5. A 60 dB sound has twice the intensity of a 30 dB
other products. The compound (Y) reacts with air sound.
explosively resulting in boron trioxide. Identify (X) 6. Two identical spherical air bubbles, one formed,
and (Y). Give balanced reactions involved in the inside water of a tank and the other outside the
formation of (Y) and its reaction with air. Draw the water, have equal pressure inside them.
structure of (Y).
Sol. Since B2O3 is formed by reaction of (Y) with air, (Y) Sol.
therefore should be B2H6 in which % of hydrogen is 1. [True]
21.72. The compound (X) on reduction with LiAlH4
gives B2H6. Thus it is boron trihalide. The reactions 2. [False]
are shown as: On introduction of dielectric the capacitance
4BX 3 + 3LiAlH4 → 2B 2 H 6 + 3LiX + 3AlX3 increases. Potential difference remaining constant,
(X) (Y) charge increases, because Q = CV.
(X = Cl or Br) 3. [False]
B 2 H 6 + 3O2 → B2O3 + 3H2O + heat In an isothermal expansion of an ideal gas, heat
(Y)
can be completely converted into work.
Structure of B2H6 is as follows:
4. [False]
Hb
A step-up transformer increases the voltage but
Ht Ht not the power. A triode increases both the voltage
and the power.
B B
5. [False]
Ht Ht
6. [False]
Hb
or

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 40 MARCH 2010

 Set

`tà{xÅtà|vtÄ V{tÄÄxÇzxá 11
This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in mathematics that would be very helpful in facing
IIT JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and
we hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Shailendra Maheshwari
So lu t ion s wi l l b e p ub lished in nex t issue Joint Director Academics, Career Point, Kota

1. For complex numbers z1 = x1 + iy1 and 1

∫x tan −1 x dx , then expression In in terms

n
6. Let In =
z2 = x2 + iy2 we write z1 ∩ z2, if x1 ≤ x2 and 0

y1 ≤ y2. The for all complex numbers z with of In–2.

1− z
1 ∩ z, we have ∩ 0, Justify the result. 2 + f ( x ) + f ( y)
1+ z x+y
7. If f   =
 3  3
2. AP and BQ are fixed parallel tangents to a circle, and for all real x and y. If f ´(2) = 2, then f(2) is -
a tangent at any point c cuts them at P and Q
respectively. Show that CP.CQ is independent of the Passage :
position of c on the circle. Let Z denotes the set of integers. Let p be a prime
number and let z1 ≡ {0, 1}. Let f : z → z and g : z →
3. Let f(x) = ax2 + bx + c & g(x) = cx2 + bx + a, such z1 are two functions defined as follows :
that |f(0)| ≤ 1, |f(1)| ≤ 1 and |f(–1)| ≤ 1. prove that f(n) = pn; if n ∈ z and
|f(x)| ≤ 5/4 and |g(x)| ≤ 2 g(n) = 1; if n is a perfect square
= 0, otherwise.
4. A straight line is drawn throguh the origin and 8. g(f(x)) is -
x + a 2 − y2 (A) Many one into
parallel to the tangent to the curve =
a (B) Many one onto
(C) One one on to
 a + a 2 − y2 
ln   at an arbitrary point M. Show that (D) One one into
 y 
  9. f(g(x)) = p has -
the locus of the points P of intersection of this (A) no real root
straight line and the straight line parallel to the x-axis (B) at least one real root
and passing through the point M is a circle. (C) infinity many roots
(D) exactly one real root
n n
Cr
5. Show that ∑
r =0
(−2) r r+2
Cr
10. g(f(x)) is –
(A) non periodic function
 1 (B) odd function
 , If n is even
=  n +1 (C) even function
1 (D) None of these
 , If n is odd
n + 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 41 MARCH 2010

 MATHEMATICAL CHALLENGES
SOLUTION FOR FEBRUARY ISSUE (SET # 10)

1. g(x) = sin x ; 0 ≤ x < π/2 A

1 ; π/2 ≤ x ≤ π
sin2 x/2 ; π<x
lim − g(x) = lim + g(x) = g(π/2) = 1
x →π 2 x →π 2

lim− g(x) = lim+ g(x) = g(π) = 1

x →π x →π

g´(π–) = g´(π +) = 0
E B D C
and g´(π/2–) = g´(π/2+) = 0
Hence g(x) is continuous and differentiable in (0,∞) t
=1+s ...(1)
sin x sin(sin x ) |b|
2. < t
x sin x = –s ...(2)
sin θ |c|
Let f(θ) = ; 0 < θ < π/2
θ t t | b || c |
so =1– ⇒t =
θ cos θ − sin θ |b| |c| |b|+|c|
f ´(θ) =
θ2 use it in line AD .
cos θ . (θ − tan θ) | b || c |  b c  b | c | +c | b |
= < 0 as tan θ > θ pt D : .  + =
θ2 | b | + | c |  | b | | c |  |b|+|c|
so f(θ) ↓ which divides BC in ratio of |c| : |b|
so f(x) < f(sinx) as sin x < x similary use eq. of external angle bisector line AE
6.5  b c 
3. (i) 6C4 = = 15 ⇒ r = p  − 
2 
| b| | c|
(ii) coeff. of x4 in (1 – x)–6
solve it with BC to find pt. E.
9.8.7.6
= 4 + 6 – 1C6 – 1 = 9C5 = = 126 5. Consider
4.3.2
eix(1 + eix)n = eix [1 + nC1eix + nC2ei2x + .... + nCneinx]
(iii) select 3 different flavours : 6C3 ways  n+2 
choose (at least one from each) 4 cones :
i x x
4–1
e 2 
. 2cosn = eix + nC1ei2x + nC2ei3x +... +
C3 – 1 = 3C2 = 3 ways 2
n
6.5.4 Cnei(n+ 1)x
so required ways = 6C3 × 3 = × 3 = 60 Compare real parts & get (a)
3.2
Compare imag. parts & get (b)
(iv) Select 2 different flavours : 6C2 ways
choose (at least one from each) 4 cones ; 6. Let Ei = the event that originator will not receive a
4–1
C2 – 1 = 3C1 = 3 letter in the ith stage.
so required ways (either 2 or 3 different flavours) Originator sands letters to two persons so in 1st stage
6.5 he will not get letter.
= 60 + 6C2 3 = 60 + × 3 = 105
2 Prob. that letter sent by 1st received is not received
n −2
4. Let A at origin & P.V. of B & C are C (n − 2)(n − 3) n − 3
by originator is n −1 2 = =
b & c. C1 (n − 1)(n − 2) n −1
 b c  similarly prob. that letter sent by 2nd receipiant is not
So line AD ⇒ r = t  +  n −3
 | b | | c |  received by originator is
n −1
& line BC ⇒ r = b + ∆ ( b – c ) so P(E2) = prob. that originator not received letter in
solve them together to find pt. D 2
 n −3
 b c  2nd stage is =   .
t  +  = b +s(b – c)
  n −1 
| b| | c|

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 42 MARCH 2010

 similarly P(E3) = prob. that originator not receive 1 1 1 π/ 2

letter sent by the four person getting letters from two 7

– + –
5 3 0 ∫
sin 2θ sec θdθ
recipients is
29 181
 n −3  n −3  n −3  n −3  n −3  n −3
  .  .  .  =  = 
4 22 =
105 ∫
+ 2(cos θ) 0π / 2 – 0 dθ = –
105
 n −1   n −1   n −1   n −1   n −1   n −1 
8 23 9. 9x2 – 24xy + 16y2 – 18x – 101y + 19 = 0]
 n −3  n −3
Similarly, P(E4) =   =   (3x – 4y)2 = 18x + 101y – 19.
 n −1   n −1  Let the vertex of the parabola be A(α, β). Shift origin
2 k –1 to A and y-axis along the tangent at vertex (3x – 4y +
 n −3
Similarly, P(Ek) =   l) . So the axis of parabola be 4x + 3y + m = 0 (along
 n −1  x axis) If L.R. of parabola be a then it’s equation is
So the required prob. is
P(E) = prob. the originator not receive letter in 1st k
stages
= P(E1) . P(E2) . ........ P(Ek)
2 + 2 2 + 2 3 + ....2 k −1
 n −3
=  
 n −1 
2 k −1 −1 2
 n −3
2.
2 −1  n −3
( 2 k − 2)  3x − 4 y + l   4 x + 3y + m 
=   =    = a 
 5   5 
 n −1   n −1 
2
x x (3x – 4y + l) – 5a(4x + 3y + m) = 0
∫ ∫
2 2
7. y = f(x) = e zx − z dz = e zx .e − z dz 9x2 – 24xy + 16y2 + (6l – 20a)x + (–8l – 15a)y
0 0
x 1 x + (l2 – 5am) = 0
∫ ∫
2 2
y´ = e zx .e − z dz + 1 = – e zx (−2ze − z ) dz + 1 comp. it with given equation.
0 2 0
6l – 20a = –18
1 2 x
 1
∫
2
= – (e z .e zx ) 0x − xe − z .e zx dz  + 1 = xy + 1 ⇒ 24l – 80a = –72 ...(1)
2 0  2 –8l –15a = –101
dy 1 ⇒ –24l – 45a = –303 ...(2)
– xy = 1
dx 2 From (1) & (2)
⇒ 125a = –375 ⇒ a=3
I.F. = e ∫
− x / 2 dx 2
= e−x / 4
x 10. circle : (x – 1)2 + (y – 1)2 = 1
∫e ∫
−x2 / 4 −x2 / 4 −z2 / 4
Sol is y . e = dx = e dz ⇒ x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y + 1 = 0
0
x

∫
2 2
y = ex /4
e −z /4
dz.
0
(0,1)B
8. ∫ sin n θ sec θ dθ = ∫ sin (n –1 + 1) θ sec θ dθ E
= ∫ sin (n – 1)θ + cos (n – 1)θ sin θ sec θ ) dθ
D
= ∫ sin (n – 1)θ + [ sin (n – 1)θ cos θ
– sin (n – 2)θ sec θ ] dθ A(1,0)
= ∫ (2 sin (n – 1)θ – sin (n – 2)θ sec θ ) dθ
2 cos(n − 1)θ Let the line be y = mx
=– – ∫ sin (n – 2)θ secθ dθ 1
n −1 Altitude of ∆ =
1 π 2 sin 8θ − sin 2θ 1+ m2
=
2 0∫ cos θ
dθ
For DE length : solve line with circle.
x2 + m2x2 – 2x – 2mx + 1 = 0
1  2
π/2
 π2
=  − cos 7θ  −
2  7 0 ∫ 0
sin 6θ sec θdθ (1 + m2)x2 – 2(1 + m)x + 1 = 0
|x1 – x2| = ( x1 + x 2 ) 2 − 4x1x 2
π2

− ∫
0
sin 2θ sec θdθ
 =
4(1 + m) 2
−4
1
=
2
2m
(1 + m )
2 2
1+ m 2
1+ m2
1 2 2 2 π/2

 − − (cos 3θ) 0π / 2 −
2 7 5 3 ∫ 0
sin 2θ sec θdθ
|DE| = x 12 + 1 |x1 – x2| = 2
2m
1+ m2
π2

− ∫
0
sin 2θ sec θdθ


XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 43 MARCH 2010

 Students' Forum
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
MATHS
1. A ray of light is coming along the line L = 0 and 3. Let f be a polynomial function such that
strikes the plane mirror kept along the plane p = 0 at f(x) . f(y) + 2 = f(x) + f(y) + f(xy) ∀ x ∈ R+,
x−2 y −1 z−6 y ∈ R+ ∪ {0} and f(x) is one one ∀ x ∈ R+ with
B. It is given that L = 0 is = = and
3 4 5 f(0) = 1, f´(1) = 2, then find the area bounded
p = 0 is x + y – 2z = 3, then find the co-ordinates of B between the curve y = x2 and y = g(x) where g(x) =
and the equation of line along reflected ray. 2
and x-axis and also find the no. of points of
x−2 y −1 z−6 f (x)
Sol. let = = =λ
3 4 5 nondifferentiability of h(x) = min {g(x), x2, |1 – |x||}
⇒ x = 2 + 3λ, y = 1 + 4λ, z = 6 + 5λ Sol. Let f(x) . f(y) + 2 = f(x) + f(y) + f(xy) ....(1)
putting x = y = 1
lies on plane x + y – 2z = 3
f(1) . f(1) + 2 = 3f(1) ⇒ f(1) = 2, 1
(2 + 3λ) + (1 + 4λ) – 2(6 + 5λ) = 3
f is given one-one and f(0) = 1
⇒ λ = –4 ⇒ f(1) = 2
point B ≡ (–10, –15, –14) 1
Let equation of reflected ray L1 = 0 is line joining replacing y by in (1) than
x
Q(x2, y2, z2) and B(–10, –15, –14)
1 1
x + 10 y + 15 z + 14 f(x) . f   + 2 = f(x) + f   + 2
i.e. = = x x
16 20 12
⇒ f(x) = 1 + xn
2. Six points (xi. yi), i = 1, 2, ...6 on the circle x2 + y2 = 4 also f´(1) = 2 ⇒ n = 2
6 6 ⇒ f(x) = 1 + x2
such that ∑ x i = 8 and ∑y i = 4. The line segment Now to find the area,
1 2   2π 1  2
∫
i =1 i =1
Area = 2  − x 2  dx = 2  −  =π–
joining orthocentre of a ∆ made by these points and 01+ x2   4 3  3
the centroid of the ∆ made by other three points clearly by graph you can find there is 6 points of non
passes through a fixed point, find that point. differentiability.
6 6
Sol. let ∑
i =1
x i = α and ∑y
i =1
i =β 4. If f(x) = x3 + ax2 + bx + c = 0 has three distinct
integral roots and (x2 + 2x + 2)3 + a(x2 + 2x + 2)2 +
let θ be the ortho centre of the ∆ made by b(x2 + 2x + 2) + c = 0 has no real roots then find the
values of a, b and c
(xi, yi), i = 1, 2, 3
Sol. x3 + ax2 + bx + c = 0 has three distinct integral roots
⇒ 0 is (x1 + x2 + x3, y1 + y2 + y3) and (f(x))3 + a(f(x))2 + b(f(x)) + c = 0 has no real
and G be the centroid of the ∆ made by roots, where f(x) = x2 + 2x + 2
(xi, yi), i = 4, 5, 6 Let the roots of x3 + ax2 + bx + c = 0 be x1 > x2 > x3
 x + x 5 + x 6 y 4 + y5 + y6  respectively. Since f(x) can take all values from
⇒ G is  4 ,  [1, ∞].
 3 3 
⇒ x1 ≤ 0
 α − α1 β − β1  x2 ≤ –1
⇒ G is  , 
 3 3  x3 ≤ –2
⇒ a = –(x1 + x2 + x3) ≥ 3
α β
Here you can say the point  ,  divides to the OG b = x1x2 + x2x3 + x3x4
 4 4 ⇒ b≥2 and c = –(x1x2x3)
in 3 : 1. ⇒ c≥0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 44 MARCH 2010

5. Let A, B, and C are points represented by complex n r
x  x 
n −1
 x 
No. Z1, Z2, Z3. If the circum centre of the ∆ABC is at ⇒ ∑ r. n C r   =n
 1− x 
1 + 
1− x  1− x 
the origin and the altitude AD of the triangle meets r =0
the circumcircle again at P, then prove that P = nx(1 – x)–n
− Z 2 Z3 Differentiating (2) w.r.t. y we get
represents the complex number . n
Z1
Sol. Let circumcentre is point O.
⇒ ∑r . C y
r =0
2 n
r
r −1
= n(1 + y)n–2{y(n – 1) + (1 + y)}
A Z1 = ny(1 + y)n–2(ny + 1)
n r
 x 
⇒ ∑
r =0
r 2 .n C r  
 1− x 
2C O n −2
x  x   nx 
π–2C =n. 1 +   + 1
1− x  1− x  1− x 
D C(Z3) = nx(nx + 1 – x) (1 – x)–n
B(Z2)
given sum is equal to
(1 – x)n {nx(nx + 1 – x) (1 – x)–n + n2x2(1 – x)–n
– 2nx . nx (1 – x)–n}
P (Z) 2 2 2 2
= nx(nx + 1 – x) + n x – 2n x
∠POC = π – 2C and ∠BOA = 2C = nx(1 – x)
Now applying coni's method
Z3 = Zei(π –2C) ...(1)
Z2 = Z1 ei 2 C ....(2)
Multiplying (1) and (2)
Z3Z2 = ZZ1 eiπ = –ZZ1
Do you know
−Z 2 Z3
⇒ Z=– • The largest meteorite crater in the world is in
Z1
Winslow, Arizona. It is 4,150 feet across and 150
n feet deep.
6. Evaluate : ∑r =0
n
C r (r – nx)2 . xr(1 – x)n – r; • The human eye blinks an average of 4,200,000
times a year.
x ≠ 0, 1, n ∈ N > 2
n
• Skylab, the first American space station, fell to the
Sol. ∑
r =0
n
C r (r – nx) . x (1 – x) 2 r n–r earth in thousands of pieces in 1979. Thankfully
most over the ocean.
n r • It takes approximately 12 hours for food to
 x 
= ∑ n
C r (r2 + n2x2 – 2nxr)   (1 – x)
1− x 
n
entirely digest.
r =0 • Human jaw muscles can generate a force of 200
 n  x 
r n
 x 
r pounds (90.8 kilograms) on the molars.
 r =0
∑
= (1 – x)n  r 2 n C r 
 1− x 
2 2
 +n x
r =0
n
Cr 
 1− x 
 ∑ • The Skylab astronauts grew 1.5 - 2.25 inches (3.8
- 5.7 centimeters) due to spinal lengthening and
 x  
n r
straightening as a result of zero gravity.
− 2nx r. n C r 
r =0
 
 1 − x  
∑ • An inch (2.5 centimeters) of rain water is
equivalent to 15 inches (38.1 centimeters) of dry,
n
we know that ∑ r.
r =0
n
C r y r = (1 + y)r ...(1)
•
powdery snow.
Tremendous erosion at the base of Niagara Falls
n r n (USA) undermines the shale cliffs and as a result
 x   x 
⇒
r =0
∑
Cr 
 1 − x 
n
 = 1 +
 1 − x
 = (1 – x)

–n the falls have receded approximately 7 miles over
the last 10,000 years.
Differentiating (1) w.r.t. y we get • 40 to 50 percent of body heat can be lost through
n the head (no hat) as a result of its extensive
⇒ ∑ r.
r =0
n
C r y r −1 = n(1 + y)n – 1 circulatory network.

n
• A large swarm of desert locusts (Schistocerca
gregaria) can consume 20,000 tons (18,160,000
∴ ∑ r.
r =0
n r
C r y = ny (1 + y) n–1
....(2)
kilograms) of vegetation a day.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 45 MARCH 2010

 MATHS DEFINITE INTEGRALS &
AREA UNDER CURVES
Mathematics Fundamentals

Properties 1 : Every continuous function defined on [a, b] is

integrable over [a, b].
If ∫ f (x) dx = F(x), then Every monotonic function defined on [a, b] is
b integrable over [a, b]
∫a
f ( x ) dx = F(b) – F(a), b ≥ a If f(x) is a continuous function defined on [a, b], then
there exists c ∈ (a, b)such that
Where F(x) is one of the antiderivatives of the
b
function f(x), i.e. F´(x) = f(x) (a ≤ x ≤ b).
Remark : When evaluating integrals with the help of
∫a
f ( x ) dx = f(c) . (b – a)

the above formula, the students should keep in mind 1 b

the condition for its legitimate use. This formula is The number f(c) =
(b − a ) a
f ( x ) dx is called the ∫
used to compute the definite integral of a function
continuous on the interval [a, b] only when the mean value of the function f(x) on the interval [a, b].
equality F´(x) = f(x) is fulfilled in the whole interval If f is continous on [a, b], then the integral function g
[a, b], where F(x) is antiderivative of the function x
f(x). In particular, the antiderivative must be a
defined by g(x) = ∫ a
f ( t ) dt for x ∈ [a, b] is
function continuous on the whole interval [a, b]. A derivable on [a, b] and g´(x) = f(x) for all x ∈ [a, b].
discontinuous function used as an antiderivative will
lead to wrong result. If m and M are the smallest and greatest values of a
function f(x) on an interval [a, b], then
x
If F(x) = ∫a
f ( t ) dt, t ≥ a, then F´(x) = f(x)
m(b – a) ≤ ∫
b
f ( x ) dx ≤ M(b – a)
a
Properties of Definite Integrals :
If the function φ(x) and ψ(x) are defined on [a, b] and
b
If f(x) ≥ 0 on the interval [a, b], then ∫ a
f ( x ) dx ≥ 0 differentiable at a point x ∈ (a, b) and f(t) is
continuous for φ(a) ≤ t ≤ ψ(b), then
b b
d  ψ( x) 
∫a
f ( x ) dx = ∫a
f ( t ) dt 
dx  ∫φ( x )
f ( t ) dt  = f(ψ(x)) ψ´(x) – f(φ(x)) φ´(x)

a b
∫ f (x) dx = – ∫
b a
f ( x ) dx
∫ a
b
f ( x ) dx ≤ ∫ a
b
| f ( x ) | dx
b c b
∫a
f ( x ) dx = ∫a
f ( x ) dx + ∫c
f ( x ) dx, a < c < b If f2(x) and g2(x) are integrable on [a, b], then
1/ 2 1/ 2
b  b   b 
a
∫ f (x) dx = ∫ f (a − x) dx
0
a

0
∫ a
f ( x )g ( x ) dx ≤ 
 ∫ a
f 2 ( x ) dx 


 ∫
a
g 2 ( x ) dx 

b b Change of variables : If the function f(x) is
or ∫a
f ( x ) dx = ∫a
f (a + b − x ) dx continuous on [a, b] and the function x = φ(t) is
continuously differentiable on the interval [t1, t2] and
 b a = φ(t1), b = φ(t2), then
∫
a 2
f ( x ) dx =  ∫ a
f ( x ) dx if f(–x) = f(x)
b t2
−a
 0 if f(–x) = – f ( x ) ∫a
f ( x ) dx = ∫ t1
f (φ( t )) φ´(t) dt

 b
Let a function f(x, α) be continuous for a ≤ x ≤ b and
∫0
2a 2
f ( x ) dx =  ∫a
f ( x ) dx if f(2a – x) = f(x)
c ≤ α ≤ d. Then for any α ∈ [c, d], if
 0 if f(2a – x) = – f ( x ) b b
I(α) = ∫a
f ( x , α) dx, then I´(α) = ∫
a
f ´(x , α) dx,

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 46 MARCH 2010

 Where I´(α) is the derivative of I(α) w.r.t. α and  n −1 n − 3 n − 5 2
f´(x, α) is the derivative of f(x, α) w.r.t. α, kepping x  n . n − 2 . n − 4 ..... 3 ( when n is odd )
constant. In = 
n −1 n − 3 n − 5 1 π
 . . ..... . ( when n is even)
Integrals with Infinite Limits :  n n−2 n−4 2 2
If a function f(x) is continuous for a ≤ x < ∞, then by π/ 2
definition If In = ∫ 0
cos n x dx , then
∞ b
∫a
f ( x ) dx = lim
b →∞ a ∫ f ( x ) dx ....(i)  n −1 n − 3 n − 5 2
 n . n − 2 . n − 4 ..... 3 ( when n is odd )
Im = 
If there exists a finite limit on the right hand side of n −1 n − 3 n − 5 1 π
 . . ..... . ( when n is even)
(i), then the improper integrals is said to be  n n−2 n−4 2 2
convergent; otherwise it is divergent. Leibnitz's Rule :
Geometrically, the improper integral (i) for f(x) > 0, If f(x) is continuous and u(x), v(x) are differentiable
is the area of the figure bounded by the graph of the functions in the interval [a, b], then
function y = f(x), the straight line x = a and the x-
d v( x ) d d
axis. Similarly,
b b
dx ∫ u(x)
f ( t ) dt = f{v(x)}
dx
v(x) – f{u(x)
dx
u(x)

∫−∞
f ( x ) dx = lim
a →−∞ a ∫ f ( x ) dx and Summation of Series by Integration :
n −1
r 1 1

∫−∞
∞
f ( x ) dx = ∫
a

−∞
f ( x ) dx + ∫a
∞
f ( x ) dx lim
n →∞
∑ f  n  . n = ∫ f (x) dx
r =0
0

properties : Some Important Results :

a 1 a  1  1 
∫ x f (x) dx = a ∫ x f (x) if f(a – x) = f(x) n −1 sin α + (n − 1)β sin  nβ 
 2  2 
0
a f (x) a
2 0
∑ sin(α + rβ) =
1 
and ∫
0 f ( x ) + f (a − x )
dx =
2
r =0 sin  β 
2 
π/ 2 π/ 2  1  1 
cosα + (n − 1)β sin  nβ 
∫0
log sin x dx = ∫0
log cos x dx
∑
n −1
cos(α + rβ) =  2  2 
1 
π π 1 r =0 sin  β 
= – log 2 = log 2 
2 2 2
1 1 1 π2
1 – + – .... =
Γ(n + 1) = n Γ (n), Γ(1) = 1, Γ   = π 12 22 32 12
2
1 1 1 π2
If m and n are non-negative integers, then + + + .... =
2 2 2
1 2 3 6
 m +1  n +1
Γ  Γ  Area under Curves :
π/ 2 2   2 
∫ sin m x cos n x dx =  Area bounded by the curve y = f(x), the x-axis and
0 m+n+2
2Γ  the ordinates x = a, x = b
 2  b b
Reduction Formulae of some Define Integrals : = ∫
a
y dx = ∫ a
f ( x ) dx
∞ a
∫0
e −ax cos bx dx =
a + b2
2
Y
y = f(x)
∞ b
∫0
e −ax sin bx dx =
a + b2
2 y x=b
∞ n!
∫0
e −ax xndx =
a n +1
O δx X
π/ 2
∫
n
If In = sin x dx , then Area bounded by the curve x = f(y), the y-axis and
0
the abscissae y = a, y = b

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 47 MARCH 2010

 b b
= ∫ a
x dy = ∫ a
f ( y) dy ENERGY
Y • Mechanical energy is the sum of the potential
y=b
and kinetic energy.
x
δy x = f(y) • Units: a = [m/sec2], F = [kg•m/sec2] (newton),
work = pe= ke = [kg•m2/sec2] (joule)
y=a • An ev is an energy unit equal to 1.6 × 10–19
joules
O X
The area of the region bounded by y1 = f1(x), y2 = f2(x) • Gravitational potential energy increases as
and the ordinates x = a and x = b is given by height increases.
b b • Kinetic energy changes only if velocity changes.
= ∫ a
f 2 ( x ) dx – ∫ a
f1 ( x ) dx
• Mechanical energy (pe + ke) does not change
Y for a free falling mass or a swinging pendulum.
(when ignoring air friction)

A B • The units for power are [joules/sec] or the

rate of change of energy.
x=b
x=a

ELECTRICITY
O X
where f2(x) is y2 of the upper curve and f1(x) is y1 of • A coulomb is charge, an amp is current
the lower curve, i.e. the required area [coulomb/sec] and a volt is potential difference
[joule/coulomb].
b b
= ∫ a
[f 2 ( x ) − f1 ( x )] dx = ∫a
( y 2 − y1 ) dx • Short fat cold wires make the best conductors.
• Electrons and protons have equal amounts of
f(x) ≤ 0 for all x in a ≤ x ≤ b, then area bounded by x- charge (1.6 x 10-19 coulombs each).
axis, the curve y = f(x) and the ordinates x = a, x = b
is given by • Adding a resistor in parallel decreases the total
resistance of a circuit.
b
=– ∫ a
f ( x ) dx • Adding a resistor in series increases the total
resistance of a circuit.
Y • All resistors in series have equal current (I).
D C X
O • All resistors in parallel have equal voltage (V).
• If two charged spheres touch each other add
the charges and divide by two to find the final
B charge on each sphere.
A • Insulators contain no free electrons.
If f(x) ≥ 0 for a ≤ x ≤ c and f(x) ≤ 0 for c ≤ x ≤ b, then • Ionized gases conduct electric current using
area bounded by y = f(x), x-axis and the ordinates positive ions, negative ions and electrons.
x = a, x = b is given by
• Electric fields all point in the direction of the
c b c b
force on a positive test charge.
= ∫ f (x) dx + ∫
a c
− f ( x ) dx = ∫ f (x) dx – ∫
a c
f ( x ) dx
• Electric fields between two parallel plates are
uniform in strength except at the edges.
A
• Millikan determined the charge on a single
x=a

f(x)≥0 electron using his famous oil-drop experiment.

C N
O M • All charge changes result from the movement
x=b

f(x)≤0 of electrons not protons (an object becomes

positive by losing electrons).
B

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 48 MARCH 2010

 MATHS
PROBABILITY
Mathematics Fundamentals

Some Definitions : Probability :

Experiment : A operation which can produce some In a random experiment, let S be the sample space
well defined outcomes is known as an experiment. and E ⊆ S, then E is an event.
Random experiment : If in each trail of an The probability of occurrence of event E is defined as
experiment conducted under identical conditions, the
number of distinct elements in E n(E)
outcome is not unique, then such an experiment is P(E) = =
called a random experiment. number of distinct element in S n(S)
Sample space : The set of all possible outcomes in number of outocomes favourable to occurrence of E
an experiment is called a sample space. For example, =
number of all possible outcomes
in a throw of dice, the sample space is {1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6}. Each element of a sample space is called a sample Notations :
point. Let A and B be two events, then
Event : A ∪ B or A + B stands for the occurrence of at
An event is a subset of a sample space. least one of A and B.
Simple event : An event containing only a single A ∩ B or AB stands for the simultaneous
sample point is called an elementary or simple event. occurrence of A and B.
Events other than elementary are called composite or A´ ∩ B´ stands for the non-occurrence of both A
compound or mixed events. and B.
For example, in a single toss of coin, the event of A ⊆ B stands for "the occurrence of A implies
getting a head is a simple event. occurrence of B".
Here S = {H, T} and E = {H} Random variable :
In a simultaneous toss of two coins, the event of A random variable is a real valued function whose
getting at least one head is a compound event. domain is the sample space of a random experiment.
Here S = {HH, HT, TH, TT} and E = {HH, HT, TH} Bay’s rule :
Equally likely events : The given events are said to Let (Hj) be mutually exclusive events such that
be equally likely, if none of them is expected to occur n
in preference to the other. P(Hj) > 0 for j = 1, 2, ..... n and S = U H j . Let A be
j=1
Mutually exclusive events : If two or more events
have no point in common, the events are said to be an events with P(A) > 0, then for j = 1, 2, .... , n
mutually exclusive. Thus E1 and E2 are mutually  Hj  P( H j ) P(A / H j )
exclusive in E1 ∩ E2 = φ. P   =
 n
 A  ∑ P(H k ) P( A / H k )
The events which are not mutually exclusive are
k =1
known as compatible events.
Exhaustive events : A set of events is said to be Binomial Distribution :
totally exhaustive (simply exhaustive), if no event out If the probability of happening of an event in a single
side this set occurs and at least one of these event trial of an experiment be p, then the probability of
must happen as a result of an experiment. happening of that event r times in n trials will be nCr
Independent and dependent events : If there are pr (1 – p)n – r.
events in which the occurrence of one does not Some important results :
depend upon the occurrence of the other, such events Number of cases favourable to event A
are known as independent events. On the other hand, (A) P(A) =
Total number of cases
if occurrence of one depend upon other, such events
are known as dependent events. n(A)
=
n(S)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 49 MARCH 2010

 Number of cases not favourable to event A (i) Probability of happening none of them
P(A) =
Total number of cases = (1 – p1) (1 – p2) ........ (1 – pn)
n(A) (ii) Probability of happening at least one of them
=
n(S) = 1 – (1 – p1) (1 – p2) ....... (1 – pn)
(B) Odd in favour and odds against an event : As a (iii) Probability of happening of first event and not
result of an experiment if “a” of the outcomes are happening of the remaining
favourable to an event E and b of the outcomes are = p1(1 – p2) (1 – p3) ....... (1 – pn)
against it, then we say that odds are a to b in favour
If A and B are any two events, then
of E or odds are b to a against E.
Thus odds in favour of an event E B
P(A ∩ B) = P(A) . P   or
Number of favourable cases a A
= =
Number of unfavourable cases b B
P(AB) = P(A) . P  
Similarly, odds against an event E A
Number of unfavourable cases b
= = B
Number of favorable cases a Where P   is known as conditional probability
A
Note : means probability of B when A has occurred.
If odds in favour of an event are a : b, then the
Difference between mutually exclusiveness and
probability of the occurrence of that event is
independence : Mutually exclusiveness is used
a when the events are taken from the same
and the probability of non-occurrence of
a+b experiment and independence is used when the
b events are taken from the same experiments.
that event is .
a+b (E) P(A A ) = 0
If odds against an event are a : b, then the
P(AB) + P( AB ) = 1
probability of the occurrence of that event is
b P( A B) = P(B) – P(AB)
and the probability of non-occurrence of
a+b P(A B ) = P(A) – P(AB)
a
that event is . P(A + B) = P(A B ) + P( A B) + P(AB)
a+b
Some important remark about coins, dice and playing
(C) P(A) + P( A ) = 1 cards :
0 ≤ P(A) ≤ 1 Coins : A coin has a head side and a tail side. If
P(φ) = 0 an experiment consists of more than a coin, then
P(S) = 1 coins are considered to be distinct if not otherwise
stated.
If S = {A1, A2, ..... An}, then
Dice : A die (cubical) has six faces marked 1, 2,
P(A1) + P(A2) + .... + P(An) = 1
3, 4, 5, 6. We may have tetrahedral (having four
If the probability of happening of an event in one faces 1, 2, 3, 4,) or pentagonal (having five faces
trial be p, then the probability of successive 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) die. As in the case of coins, If we
happening of that event in r trials is pr. have more than one die, then all dice are
(D) If A and B are mutually exclusive events, then considered to be distinct if not otherwise stated.
P(A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B) or Playing cards : A pack of playing cards usually
P(A + B) = P(A) + P(B) has 52 cards. There are 4 suits (Spade, Heart,
If A and B are any two events, then Diamond and Club) each having 13 cards. There
are two colours red (Heart and Diamond) and
P(A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A ∩ B) or black (Spade and Club) each having 26 cards.
P(A + B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(AB)
In thirteen cards of each suit, there are 3 face cards or
If A and B are two independent events, then coart card namely king, queen and jack. So there are
P(A ∩ B) = P(A) . P(B) or in all 12 face cards (4 kings, 4 queens and 4 jacks).
P(AB) = P(A) . P(B) Also there are 16 honour cards, 4 of each suit namely
ace, king, queen and jack.
If the probabilities of happening of n independent
events be p1, p2, ...... , pn respectively, then

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 50 MARCH 2010

 MOCK TEST FOR IIT-JEE
PAPER - I
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 240

Instructions :
• This question paper contains 60 questions in Chemistry (20), Mathematics (20) & Physics (20).
• In section -I (8 Ques) of each paper +3 marks will be given for correct answer & –1 mark for wrong answer.
• In section -II (4 Ques) of each paper +4 marks will be given for correct answer –1 mark for wrong answer.
• In section -III contains 2 groups of questions (2 × 3 = 6 Ques.) of each paper +4 marks will be given for each
correct answer & –1 mark for wrong answer.
• In section -IV (2 Ques.) of each paper +8(2×4) marks will be given for correct answer & No Negative marking for
wrong answer.

CHEMISTRY 5. Calculate the pH of a solution of 0.1 M Fe(NO3)3 if

acid dissociation constant for the given reaction is
SECTION – I 1.0 × 10–3
Straight Objective Type [Fe(H2O)6] 3+ + H2O(l) H3O+ (aq) + [Fe(H2O)5OH]2+
(A) 1.5 (B) 2.02 (C) 2.64 (D) 3
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each
question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of 6. A real gas of molar mass 60 g mol–1 has density at
which ONLY ONE is correct. critical point equal to 0.80 g/cm3 and its critical
1. If the wavelength of series limit of Lyman series for 4 × 105
temperature is given by Tc = K. Then the
He+ ion is x Å then what will be the wavelength of series 821
limit of Balmer series for Li+2 ion ? van der Waal's constant 'a' (atm L2 mol–2) will be
9x 4x (A) 0.025 (B) 0.325
(A) Å (B) Å (C) 3.375 (D) 33.750
4 7
5x 16 x 7. The molecular size of ICl and Br2 is approximately
(C) Å (D) Å
4 9 same, but boiling point of ICl is about 40° higher than
that of Br2 this difference in boiling point is observed
2. Select the correct order of decreasing boiling point of because-
the following compounds (A) ICl bond is stronger than Br–Br bond
(B) I.E. of iodine < I.E. of bromine
(C) Iodine is larger than bromine
N N O (D) ICl is polar while Br2 is non polar
| | |
OH Me H 8. Which of the following reaction leads to formation of
(I) (II) (III) (IV) pair of enantiomers ?
(A) I > II > III > IV (B) I > III > IV > II CH OH
(A) 3
→
(C) IV > III > II > I (D) IV > III > I > II I H
I H
3. D-glucose and D-fructose can be distinguished by (B)
H O

2
→
(A) Fehling's solution (B) Tollene's reagent
(C) Br2/H2O (D) Benedict's test
H –
(C) CN
→
4. Which of the following is an organo silicon polymer? DMSO
(A) Silica (B) Silicon I
(C) Silicic Acid (D) Silicon carbide

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 51 MARCH 2010

 Me I T
(D) OH
→

DMF
H
(C) (D) v
SECTION – II
Multiple Correct Answers Type n2 1/n
This section contains 4 multiple correct answer(s) type
questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D), out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.

9. Which of the following reaction occur in Bessemer's SECTION – III

converter ?
(A) 2Cu2S + 5O2 → 2CuSO4 + 2CuO
(B) 2Cu2S + 3O2 → 2Cu2O + 2SO2 ↑
(C) 2CuFeS2 + O2 → Cu2S + 2FeS + SO2
(D) FeO + SiO2 → FeSiO3
Comprehension Type
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group
has 3 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

Paragraph # 1 (Ques. 13 to 15)

10. Identify the compounds which do not give positive
iodoform test in the following sequence of the Generally indicators used in acid-base titration
reaction reactions are either weak acid or weak bases. Their
equilibria may be presented as
(i) Hydrolysis (ii) Heating (iii) I2 + NaOH
HIn H+ + In–
O CO2Et
Where HIn is its acidic form and In– is its basic form.
(A) CH3 – CH – C – Et (B) If KIn is the indicator ionisation constant then [H+] of
O indicator can be expressed in the following way
CO2Et [HIn]
O O [H+] = KIn .
[In − ]
(C) O–Et (D) Me – CH – CO2Et
12
CO2Et

11. A sample of H2O2 solution labelled as "28V" has 8 HA

density of 265 gL–1. Identify the correct statement (s) pH
w 4
(A) M H 2O2 = 2.5 (B) % = 8.5 HB
v 3
(C) m H 2O2 = 13.88 2
(D) Mole fraction of H2O2 = 0.2 Vol.of NaOH (in mL)

12. Select the correctly presented graph if The indicator used in a particular acid base titration
depends on the nature of acid or base. One such
v = velocity of e in Bohr's orbit
indicator diagram is given.
r = radius of Bohr's orbit
U = potential energy of e– in Bohr's orbit
13. The pH range of an indicator is 4-6. If it is 50%
T = kinetic energy of e– in Bohr's orbit ionised in a given solution then its ionisation constant
r would be
U (A) 10–4 (B) 10–5
–6
(A) (B) (C) 10 (D) None
1/n2

n2 14. Calculate the pH at equivalence point when 5 milli

mol of HB is titrated with 0.1 M NaOH.
(A) 8.5 (B) 8.75
(C) 8.85 (D) 9.0

15. Which of the following indicator is most suitable for

titration of HB with strong base

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 52 MARCH 2010

 (A) Phenolphthalein (8.3 – 10) labeled p, q, r, s and t. any given statement in Column I
(B) Bromothymol blue (6 – 7.6) can have correct matching with ONE OR MORE
(C) Methyl Red (4.2 - 6.3) statements (s) in column II. The appropriate bubbled
(D) Malachite green (11.4–13) corresponding to the answers to these questions have to
be darkened as illustrated in the following example :
Paragraph # 2 (Ques. 16 to 18) If the correct matches are A – p, s and t; B – q and r;
A useful method to convert oxime to substituted C – p and q; and D – s and t; then the correct
amide is Beckmann rearrangement which occurs darkening of bubbles will look like the following.
through following steps, p q r s t
A q r
Ph Ph
+
C=N B p s t
C=N H→ +
( I)
Me OH2 C r s t
CH3 OH
⊕ D p q r
−→ CH 3 − C = N − Ph H
H 2O
2O
→
( II) ( III)
19. Match the column
O
Column I Column II
CH3 –C = N–Ph (IV) CH3 –C–NH–Ph (Compounds) (Isomers)
OH (A) 2,3-Dihydroxy (p) Total stereoisomers
butanoic acid are 10
16. Rate determining step in Beckmann rearrangement is (B) 1,3-Dichloro-1- (q) Total meso isomers
(A) I (B) II (C) III (D) IV methyl cyclobutane are 2
(C) 2,3,4,5-Tetrahydroxy (r) Total optical isomers
Me hexane-1, 6-diol are 4
17. The compound C=N when treated (D) 3-Chloro butane-2-ol (s) Total stereoisomers
Ph OH are 2
with H2SO4 and hydrolysed the products formed are (t) Meso isomers zero
(A) CH3COOH and PhNH2
(B) CH3NH2 and PhCOOH 20. Match species of column-I with those species of
(C) PhCH2NH2 and CH3COOH column-II which has same hybridization.
(D) PhCH2COOH and CH3NH2 Column I Column II
(A) B3N3H6 (p) ClO–
18. In the following sequence of reaction (B) S2Cl2 (q) IF7
O (C) XeF5– (r) CO32–
Ph – C – –CH3  2
NH OH
→ I PCl
5 → P (D) ICl4– (s) S8
pH = 4−6 ∆ (t) XeO2F4
the product P may be
(A) PhCOOH
O MATHEMATICS
(B) CH3– –C–NH2
O SECTION – I
Straight Objective Type
(C) Ph – C – NH – – CH3
O This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each
question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
(D) Ph – C – NH2 which ONLY ONE is correct.

SECTION – IV 1. Given the function f(x) = 1 /(1 – x), the points of

Matrix – Match Type discontinuity of the composite function
y = f 3n (x), where f n(x) = fof …. of (n times) are
This section contains 2 questions. Each question (n ∈ N)
contains statements given in two columns, which have (A) 0, 1 (B) 2n
to be matched. The statements in Column I are labeled (C) 3n (D) 2n + 1
A, B, C and D, while the statements in Column II are

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 53 MARCH 2010

 r
2. The lines r = i – j + λ(2i + k) and dy x 2 + y 2 + 1
r 9. The solution of = satisfying y(1) = 1
r = (2i – j) + µ(i + j – k) intersect for dx 2 xy
(A) λ = 1, µ = 1 is given by
(B) λ = 2, µ = 3 (A) a system of hyperbola
(C) all values of λ and µ (B) a system of circles
(D) no value of λ and µ (C) y2 = x(1 + x) – 1
(D) (x – 2)2 + (y – 3)2 = 5
3. The plane 2x – y + 3z + 5 = 0 is rotated through
4
90º about its line of intersection with the plane
5x – 4y + 2z + 1 = 0. The equation of the plane in the 10. If ∫ | x − 3 | dx = 2A + B then
new position is 1
(A) 6x – 9y – 29z – 31 = 0 (A) A = 3/2, B = 4 (B) A = 1, B = 1/2
(B) 27x – 24y – 26z – 13 = 0 (C) A = 2, B = –3/2 (D) A = 1/2, B = 3/2
(C) 43x – 32y – 2z + 27 = 0
(D) 26x – 43y – 151z – 165 = 0 3x 2 + 12 x − 1 , − 1 ≤ x ≤ 2
11. If f(x) =  . Then
37 − x , 2<x≤3
4. The tangent at the point P(x1, y1) to the parabola
y2 = 4ax meets the parabola y2 = 4a(x + b) at (A) f(x) is increasing on [–1, 2]
Q and R, the coordinates of the mid-point of QR are (B) f(x) is continuous on [–1, 3]
(A) (x1 – a, y1 + b) (B) (x1, y1) (C) f ′(2) doesn't exist
(C) (x1 + b, y1 + a) (D) (x1 – b, y1 – b) (D) f(x) has the maximum value at x = 2

5. Equation of the line which is parallel to the line 12. If the line ax + by + c = 0 is a normal to the curve
common to the pair of lines given by xy = 1. Then
6x2 – xy – 12y2 = 0 and 15x2 + 14xy – 8y2 = 0 and (A) a > 0, b > 0 (B) a > 0, b < 0
the sum of whose intercepts on the axes is 7, is (C) a < 0, b > 0 (D) a < 0, b < 0
(A) 2x – 3y = 42 (B) 3x + 4y = 12
(C) 5x – 2y = 10 (D) None of these SECTION – III
Comprehension Type
6. If 2 sin2 ((π/2) cos2x) = 1 – cos (π sin 2x),
x ≠ (2n + 1) π/2, n ∈ I, then cos 2x is equal to This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group
(A) 1/5 (B) 3/5 has 3 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
(C) 4/5 (D) 1
answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

7. The value of tan 3 α cot α cannot lie in Paragraph # 1 (Ques. 13 to 15)

(A) ] 0, 2/3 [ (B) ] 1/3, 3 [
The tournament for ABC Cup is arranged as per the
(C) ] 4/3, 4 [ (D) ] 2, 10/3 [
following rules; in the beginning 16 teams are
entered and divided in 2 groups of 8 teams each
8. A box contains tickets numbered 1 to N. n tickets are where the team in any group plays exactly once with
drawn from the box with replacement. The all the teams in the same group.
probability that the largest number on the tickets is k At the end of this round top four teams from each
is group advance to the next round in which two teams
n n
k  k −1  play each other and the losing team goes out of the
(A)   (B)   tournament. Then four winning teams play for semi
N  N 
finals and finally there is one final. The rules of the
(C) 0 (D) None of these tournament are such that every match can result only
in a win or a loss and not in a tie.
SECTION – II
13. The maximum number of matches that a team going
Multiple Correct Answers Type
out of the tournament in the first round itself can win
This section contains 4 multiple correct answer(s) type is -
questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
(D), out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
14. The minimum number of matches that a team must
win in order to qualify for the second round is -

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 54 MARCH 2010

 (A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7 y = a2x + b meet the coordinate
15. Which of the following statements about a team axes in con-cyclic points then
which has already qualified for the second round is (B) If the circles (q) b2 = a1a2
2 2
x + y + 2a1x + b = 0
true?
(A) To win the cup it has to win exactly 14 matches and x2 + y2 + 2a2x + b = 0
(B) To win the cup it has to win exactly 3 matches touch each other then
(C) To win the cup it has to win exactly 4 matches (C) If in (B) the first circle (r) b > 0
(D) To win the cup it has to win exactly 5 matches lies completely inside
Paragraph # 2 (Ques. 16 to 18) the second circle then
In any ∆ABC, we known the relationship between the (D) If the chord of contact of the (s) b = 0
sides (a, b, c), angles (A, B, C), circum-radius (R), tangents drawn to x2 + y2 = b2
area (∆) and other parameters. from any point on x2 + y2 = a22
sin A sin B sin C 1 2∆ touches the circle x2 + y2 = a21,
= = = = then (In all the cases a1 ≠ a2)
a b c 2R abc
Using the above information, answer the following (t) b2 – a,a2 = 0
questions -
16. If two sides of a triangle are 5 and 8, and its circum 20. Observe the following lists
25 Column- I Column- II
radius is , then the third side can be - (A) If a, b and c are positive (p) Exactly one
6 real numbers, then root
(A) only 5 (B) only 7.8 ax3 + bx + c = 0 has
(C) 5 and 7.8 (D) 6 and 7.2 (B) If c > 0 and the quadratic (q) 4a2 < (2b – c) a
2
17. In any triangle, a cos A + b cos B + c cos C is equal equation 3ax + 4bx + c = 0
to - has no real root, then (a,b,c ∈ R)
(A) 4R sinA sinB sinC (B) 2R sin A sin B sin C (C) If the quadratic equation (r) 3a + c > 4b
(C) 4R cosA cosB cosC (D) 2R cos A cos B cos C ax2 + bx + c = 0 has real roots
and –2 lies between the roots,
18. If 8R2 = a2 + b2 + c2, then the triangle is -
then (a, b, c ∈ R)
(A) Right-angled (B) Isosceles
(D) If the quadratic equation (s) a2 < 2a (b – 2c)
(C) Equilateral (D) None of these 2
ax + bx + c = 0 has
roots α, β such that
SECTION – IV α < –2 and β > 2 then
Matrix – Match Type (t) 4b – c < 3a
This section contains 2 questions. Each question
contains statements given in two columns, which have
to be matched. The statements in Column I are labeled
PHYSICS
A, B, C and D, while the statements in Column II are
labeled p, q, r, s and t. any given statement in Column I SECTION – I
can have correct matching with ONE OR MORE Straight Objective Type
statements (s) in column II. The appropriate bubbled
corresponding to the answers to these questions have to This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each
be darkened as illustrated in the following example : question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
If the correct matches are A – p, s and t; B – q and r; which ONLY ONE is correct.
C – p and q; and D – s and t; then the correct 1. Three blocks are arranged as shown in which ABCD
darkening of bubbles will look like the following. is a horizontal plane. Strings are massless and both
p q r s t pulley stands vertical while the strings connecting
A q r blocks m1 and m2 are also vertical and are
perpendicular to faces AB and BC which are
B p s t
mutually perpendicular to each other. If m1 and m2
C r s t are 3 kg and 4 kg respectively. Coefficient of friction
between the block m3 = 10 kg and surface is µ = 0.6
D p q r then, frictional force on m3 is -
19. Column –I Column –II
(A) If straight lines y = a1x + b and (p) a1a2 > 0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 55 MARCH 2010

 D C ε
(B) Reading of ammeter is
m3
7R
ε
(C) Reading of ammeter is
8R
A B m2 ε
(D) Reading of ammeter is
9R
m1 7. A circular disc of radius r = 5 m is rotating in
(A) 30 N (B) 40 N (C) 50 N (D) 60 N horizontal plane about y-axis. y-axis a vertical axis
passing through the centre of disc and x-z is the
2. A particle of mass m is allowed to oscillate near the horizontal plane at ground. The height of disc above
minimum point of a vertical parabolic path having ground is h = 5 m. Small particles are ejecting from
the equation x2 = 4ay, then the angular frequency of disc in horizontal direction with speed 12 m/s from
small oscillations of particle is – the circumference of disc then the distance of these
y particles from origin when they hits x – z plane is -
x2 = 4ay (A) 5 m (B) 12 m
m
(C) 13 m (D) None of these
g
x 8. The magnetic field shown in the figure consist of the
two magnetic fields.
. . . ×× × ×
× ×
(A) ga (B) 2ga (C)
g
(D)
g v . . . ×× × ×
a 2a . .B . × × ×
× ×
× 2B
×
3. A parallel plate capacitor of plate area A and W
W
separation d is provided with thin insulating spacers
If v is the velocity just required for a charge particle
to keep its plates aligned in an environment of
of mass m and charge q to pass through the magnetic
fluctuating temperature. If the coefficient of thermal
field. Particle is projected with velocity 'v' then how
expansion of material of plate is α then the
much time does such a charge spend in the magnetic
coefficient of thermal expansion (αS) of the spacers field –
in order that the capacitance does not vary with
πm πm πm 3πm
temperature (ignore effect of spacers on capacitance) (A) (B) (C) (D)
α 2qB qB 4qB 2qB
(A) α S = (B) αS = 3α
2
(C) αS = 2α (D) αS = α SECTION – II
Multiple Correct Answers Type
4. When hydrogen like atom in excited state make a
transition from excited state to ground state, most This section contains 4 multiple correct answer(s) type
energetic photons have energy Emax = 52.224 eV and questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and
least energetic photons have energy (D), out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
Emin = 1.224 eV. Find the atomic number -
9. We have an infinite non-conducting sheet of
(A) 4 (B) 6 (C) 2 (D) 8 negligible thickness carrying a uniform surface
5. A diverging lens, focal length f1 = 20 cm is separated charge density –σ and next to it , an infinite parallel
by 5 cm from a converging mirror, focal length f2 = slab of thickness D with uniform volume charge
10 cm. Where should an object be placed from the density +ρ. All charges are fixed.
lens so that a real image is formed at the object itself? –σ
(A) 30 cm (B) 60 cm (C) 10 cm (D) 40 cm
D +ρ
6. If ammeter has zero resistance then –
ε (A) Magnitude of electric field at a distance h above
2R R ρD − σ
A the negatively charged sheet is
2ε 0
R R (B) Magnitude of electric field inside the slab at a
distance h below the negatively charged sheet
ε σ + ρ(D − 2h )
(A) Reading of ammeter is (h < D) is
6R 2ε 0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 56 MARCH 2010

 (C) Magnitude of electric field at a distance h below Comprehension Type
ρD − σ
the bottom of the slab is This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group
4ε 0 has 3 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
(D) Magnitude of electric field at a distance h below Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
ρD − σ answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
the bottom of the slab is
2ε 0 Paragraph # 1 (Ques. 13 to 15)
The system shown in the diagram consists of two flat
10. A ball of mass m hits a wedge of mass '2m' with
conducting strips of length l, width b (perpendicular
velocity 'v0' in horizontal direction and moves in
to plane of diagram) separated by a small gap 'a'
vertically upward direction with velocity 'v0/2'. There
is no friction between wedge and the surface – (where a <<< b, l). The right ends of the strips are
v0 m shorted and a battery of voltage V0 is connected
across the left ends. The current is assumed to flow
2m 45° only parallel to the l-dimension of the strips. Neglect
(A) Coefficient of restitution between ball and wedge all resistances.
is 1 i
(B) Coefficient of restitution between ball and wedge
3 a
is
4 i
5
(C) Impulse on wedge due to ball is mv 0 l
2
mv 0 13. What is the self inductance of the circuit -
(D) Impulse on wedge due to surface is
2 µ la µ bl
(A) 0 (B) 0
b a
11. In a modified YDSE experiment if point source of
monochromatic light O is placed in such a manner µ 0 al 2 µ 0a 2l
(C) (D)
λ b2 b2
that OS1– OS2 = where λ is wavelength of light
4
14. What is the voltage across the strips as a function of
and S1, S2 are slits separated by distance 2λ. Then
the distance 'x' from the shorted end. (L is a self
value/s of θ for which a maxima is obtained will be – inductance) :
S1
µ xaV0 µ aV
(A) 0 (B) 0 0
bL xbL
O θ
µ 0 ax µ 0aV0 L
(C) (D)
V0 bL bx
S2 15. What is the rate of flow of energy down the system
(A) sin–1 (1/8) (B) sin–1 (–1/4) as a function of distance from shorted end. Where
(C) sin–1 (5/6) (D) sin–1 (–7/8) t-time and x-distance from shorted end. (L is a self
inductance) :
12. A source of sound producing sound of frequency
100 Hz is moving towards a wall with velocity µ 0 xa V0 t µ 0 xa V02 t
(A) (B)
20 m/s as shown. If O1 and O2 are two stationary b L b L2
observers and beat frequencies heard by them are
µ 0 xaV02 t
f1 and f2 respectively between sound directly from (C) (D) None of these
source and sound reflected from wall. Then: (Assume bL
velocity of sound to be 330 m/s)
Paragraph # 2 (Ques. 16 to 18)
O1 S O2 Nuclear reactions are performed for artificial
transmutation of elements for there are two types of
nuclear reactions, exoergic and endoergic. In
wall exoergic reactions energy is released. In endoergic
(A) f1 = 0 Hz (B) f2 = 0 Hz reactions energy has to supplied for the reaction
(C) f1 > f2 (D) f1 < f2 proceed. In exoergic reactions nuclear energy is
converted into kinetic energy. In endoergic reactions,
SECTION – III energy input is required in the form of kinetic energy
to be converted into nuclear binding energy. The

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 57 MARCH 2010

 minimum energy required for the reaction to take the tank is rising upward along the same line with
place is called threshold energy consider the speed 8 cm/s. (Take µwater = 4/3)
reaction- Column I Column II
p + 13 H → 12 H + 12 H (in cm/s)
Atomic masses are :- (A) Speed of the image of (p) 16
fish as seen by the
m( 11 H –atom) = 1.007825 amu (u)
bird directly
m( 13 H –atom) = 3.016049 amu (u) (B) Speed of the image of (q) 0
m( 12 H –atom) = 2.014102 amu (u) fish formed after
reflection from the
16. Protons are incident on 13 H at rest. The threshold mirror as seen by the
energy for the reaction is - bird
(A) 5.4 MeV (B) 10 MeV (C) Speed of image bird (r) 12
(C) 2 MeV (D) 8 MeV relative to the fish
looking upwards
17. When 13 H are incident on protons. Threshold energy (D) Speed of image bird (s) 8
is - relative to the fish
(A) 10 MeV (B) 8 MeV looking downwards
(C) 16 MeV (D) 20 MeV in the mirror
18. Which of the following is true - (t) 10
(A) less energy is required for nuclear reaction if
light part is at rest and heavy particle is incident 20. Column I shows various mass distribution and
(B) More energy is required for nuclear reaction Column II contains magnitude of gravitation field vs
when heavy particle is incident and light particle 'r' and magnitude of gravitation potential vs 'r' graphs.
is at rest Where 'r' is distance from centre 'C'.
(C) Threshold energy does not depend on which Column I Column II
particle is at rest
(D) Threshold energy does not depend on Q-value of
reaction R P
(A) C (p) E
r r
SECTION – IV
Solid sphere of radius
Matrix – Match Type
'R' from which sphere
This section contains 2 questions. Each question of radius 'R/2' is removed
contains statements given in two columns, which have
to be matched. The statements in Column I are labeled
A, B, C and D, while the statements in Column II are R P
labeled p, q, r, s and t. any given statement in Column I (B) C (q) E
r
can have correct matching with ONE OR MORE r
statements (s) in column II. The appropriate bubbled Cross section of long
corresponding to the answers to these questions have to solid cylinder from
be darkened as illustrated in the following example : which a cylinder of
If the correct matches are A – p, s and t; B – q and r; radius 'R/2' is removed
C – p and q; and D – s and t; then the correct
darkening of bubbles will look like the following.
p q r s t R
P
A q r (C) C (r) v
r
r
B p s t
Ring of radius 'R', point
C r s t 'P' is at the axis of ring
perpendicular to ring
D p q r
and passing through
its centre
19. A bird in air is diving vertically over a tank with
speed 6 cm/s. Base of the tank is silvered. A fish in

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 58 MARCH 2010

 P of triangle and passing
through its centroid
r
v
(D) (s)
C (t) v
R r
r
There identical masses
placed at the corner of
equilateral triangle, Point
'P' lies of a line
perpendicular to plane

MOCK TEST FOR IIT-JEE

PAPER - II
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 240

Instructions :
• This question paper contains 57 questions in Chemistry (19,) Mathematics (19) & Physics (19).
• In section -I (4 Ques) of each paper +3 marks will be given for correct answer & –1 mark for wrong answer.
• In section -II (5 Ques) of each paper +4 marks will be given for correct answer & –1 mark for wrong answer
• In section -III (2 Ques.) of each paper +8(2×4) marks will be given for correct answer. No Negative marking for
wrong answer.
• In section -IV (8 Ques.) of each paper +4 marks will be given for correct answer & –1 mark for wrong answer.

CHEMISTRY OH OH
(A) (B)
SECTION – I CH3 CH3
Straight Objective Type

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each O OH

question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which ONLY ONE is correct. CH3 CH3
(C) (D)
–
1. Copper reduces NO3 to NO and NO2. The formation OH
of product depends on the concentration HNO3 in
solution. Assuming [Cu +2] = 0.1 M, 3. A bromide ion does not interfere with the chromyl
PNO = PNO 2 = 10–3 bar. At what approximate chloride test because when a bromide ion is present
(A) CrO2Br2 formed is less volatile than CrO2Cl2
concentration of HNO3 thermodynamic tendency for
(B) CrO2Br2 does not react with NaOH
reduction of NO3– into NO and NO2 by copper is
(C) Br2 is liberated which leaves NaOH solution
same. E°Cu +2 / Cu = 0.34 V, E° NO − / NO = 0.96 V,
3 colourless
E° NO − / NO = 0.79 V] (D) no gaseous substance containing bromine is
3 2
produced
(A) 100.12 (B) 100.45 (C) 100.66 (D) 101.23
4. The correct order of reactivity towards diazo
2. Identify the final product P in following sequence of coupling with phenol in basic medium would be-
reaction – + +
O Me2N N2 , O2N N2
Mg
→ A + Et
 2O
+
→P (I) (II)
Et 2O CH3 H 3O
Br

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 59 MARCH 2010

 + + (A) 100 mg of CaCO3 in one litre of water
CH3O N2 , CH3 N2
(B) 120 mg of MgSO4 in one litre of water
(III) (IV) (C) 84 mg of MgCO3 in one litre of water
(A) I > II > III > IV (D) 111g of CaCl2 in one litre of water
(B) IV > III > II > I 9. Which of the following reactions will proceed with
(C) II > IV > III > I retention of configuration only at the chiral carbon ?
(D) III > I > IV > II H
OΘ
SECTION – II (A) H3C C C H
2O
→
Multiple Correct Answers Type Ag⊕

O
This section contains 5 multiple correct answer(s) type Br
questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and H3C
(D), out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct. (B) H C— CH2 — S — CH3 
2
→
H O
⊕
Ag

5. For the reaction A → B, the rate law expression is

I
d[A]
– = k[A]1/2. If initial concentration of [A] is [A0]
dt
then which of the following is/are correct ? C2H5 H2O
(C)  →
(A) The integrated rate expression is ⊕
Ag
2
k = ([A0]1/2 – [A]1/2) CH3 Br
t
(D) All of these
(B) The graph of [A] v/s t will be
SECTION – III
Matrix - Match Type
[A]
This section contains 2 questions. Each question
t contains statements given in two columns, which have
(C) The time taken for 75% completion of reaction to be matched. The statements in Column I are labeled
[A 0 ] A, B, C and D, while the statements in Column II are
t3/4 = labeled p, q, r, s and t. any given statement in Column I
k
can have correct matching with ONE OR MORE
2 ( 2 − 1) [A 0 ]
(D) The half life period t1/2 = statements (s) in column II. The appropriate bubbled
k corresponding to the answers to these questions have to
Ph be darkened as illustrated in the following example :
H Me
∆ If the correct matches are A – p, s and t; B – q and r;
6. HO2C CO2H → A & B, which of the C – p and q; and D – s and t; then the correct
H Me darkening of bubbles will look like the following.
Ph p q r s t
following statements is/are incorrect ?
A q r
(A) A & B are structural isomers
(B) A & B are enantiomers B p s t
(C) A & B are geometrical isomers
C r s t
(D) A & B are diastereomers
D p q r
7. Which of the following is/are correct ?
(A) N(CH3)3 and N(SiMe3)3 are not isostructural
(B) Methylisocyanate is bent but silyl isocyanate is 10. Column – I Column – II
linear (A) N2(g)+3H2(g) 2NH3(g), (p) K increases
(C) In trisilyl amine all N–Si bond lengths are equal ∆H = –ve with increase
but shorter than the expected N–Si bond length in T
(D) Trisilyl amine is weaker base than trimethyl (B) N2(g)+O2(g) 2NO(g), (q) K decreases with
amine
∆H = +ve increase in T
8. 100 ppm hardness of water equal to - (C) A(g)+B(g) 2C(g), (r) Pressure has no

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 60 MARCH 2010

 ∆H = +ve effect OH
–
(D) PCl5(g) PCl3(g) (s) Product moles (A) CH3–C–CH3 EtO
 → (p) E1
+ Cl2(g), ∆H = +ve increases when
CN
He is added at
–
constant P. (B) Ph–CH–CH3 EtO
 → (q) E2
∆
(t) Products moles
increases when Br
He is added at Me Me
constant V (C) CH–Br ΕtOH (r) E1CB
Εt ∆
11. Column – I Column – II Εt

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 61 MARCH 2010

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 62 MARCH 2010
 CAREER POINT’s
Correspondence & Test Series Courses Information
Courses of IIT-JEE
For Class 12th / 12th Pass Students For Class 11th Students
Postal Major Test
COURSE Study Material All India Test Postal All India Major Test Series CP Ranker's Study Material All India Foundation Postal All India
Series IIT JEE
INFORMATION Package Series IIT JEE 2010 Test Series IIT JEE 2010 Package Package Test Series IIT JEE Test Series
2010
IIT-JEE 2010 (AT CENTER) IIT-JEE 2010 (AT CENTER) IIT-JEE 2010 IIT-JEE 2011 2011 (AT CENTER) IIT-JEE 2011
(By POST)
Class 12th or Class 12th or Class 12th or Class 12th or Class 12th or Class 12th or
Eligibiltiy for Class 11th Class 11th Class 11th
12th pass 12th pass 12th pass 12th pass 12th pass 12th pass
Admission students students students
students students students students students students

Medium English OR Hindi English English English English English English OR Hindi English English

Visit our
Test Center Postal Visit our website Postal Postal Postal Postal Visit our website Postal
website
Issue of Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate
Application Kit Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch
Dispatch
Date of Dispatch/ Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate
25-Oct-09 17-Jan-10 17-Jan-10 25-Oct-09
First Test Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch
Onwards

Rs.8,500/- Rs. 3,500/- Rs. 1,500/- Rs. 1,550/- Rs. 700/- Rs. 850/- Rs. 9,500/- Rs. 4,500/- Rs. 2,500/-
Course Fee
including S.Tax including S.Tax including S.Tax including S.Tax including S.Tax including S.Tax including S.Tax including S.Tax including S.Tax

Courses of AIEEE
For Class 11th
For Class 12th / 12th Pass Students
Students
All India Postal Major Test
COURSE Study Material Postal All India Test Major Test Series Study Material
Test Series Series CP Ranker's Package
INFORMATION Package Series AIEEE 2010 Package
AIEEE 2010 AIEEE 2010 IIT-JEE 2010
AIEEE 2010 AIEEE 2010 (AT CENTER) AIEEE 2011
(AT CENTER) (BY POST)
Eligibiltiy for Class 12th or 12th Class 12th or 12th Class 12th or 12th Class 12th or 12th Class 12th or 12th Class 12th or 12th Class 11th
Admission pass students pass students pass students pass students pass students pass students students

Medium English OR Hindi English/Hindi English/Hindi English/Hindi English/Hindi English English OR Hindi

Test Center Postal Visit our website Postal Visit our website Postal Postal Postal
Issue of Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate
Application Kit Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch
Dispatch
Date of Dispatch/ Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate
25-Oct-09 17-Jan-10 17-Jan-10
First Test Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch
Onwards
Rs. 7,500/- Rs. 4,000/- Rs. 1450/- Rs. 1000/- Rs. 550/- Rs. 850/- Rs. 8,500/-
Course Fee
including S. Tax including S. Tax including S. Tax including S. Tax including S. Tax including S.Tax including S.Tax

Courses of Pre-Medical
For Class 11th
For Class 12th / 12th Pass Students
Students
COURSE Study Material All India Test Series Postal Test Major Test Series Postal Major Test Study Material
CP Ranker's Package
INFORMATION Package Pre-Medical 2010 Series Pre-Medical 2010 Series Pre-Medical Package
IIT-JEE 2010
Pre-Medical 2010 (AT CENTER) Pre-Medical 2010 (AT CENTER) 2010 (BY POST) Pre-Medical 2011

Eligibiltiy for Class 12th or 12th Class 12th or 12th Class 12th or 12th Class 12th or 12th Class 12th or 12th Class 12th or 12th Class 11th
Admission pass students pass students pass students pass students pass students pass students students

Medium English OR Hindi English/ Hindi English/ Hindi English/ Hindi English English English OR Hindi

Visit our wesite for Visit our wesite for

Test Center Postal Postal Postal Postal Postal
list of test centers list of test centers

Issue of Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate

Application Kit Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch

Date of Dispatch Dispatch

Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate
Commencement / 25-Oct-09 17-Jan-10 17-Jan-10
Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch Dispatch
First Test Onwards

Rs.7,200/- Rs. 3,600/- Rs. 1400/- Rs. 1100/- including Rs. 600/- including Rs. 900/- Rs. 8,000/-
Course Fee
including S. Tax including S. Tax including S. Tax S. Tax S. Tax including S.Tax including S.Tax

◆For details about all Correspondence & Test Series Course Information, please visit our website.: www.careerpointgroup.com

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 63 MARCH 2010

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 64 MARCH 2010
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 65 MARCH 2010
 O– 17. After losing a number of α and β particles, 232
is
+ 90 Th
(D) Ph–N–CH2CH3 (s) Ei (elimination 208
changed into 82 Pb. The number of β particles lost
CH3 intramolecular)
are.
(t) SNi (substitution
nucleophilic 18. Calculate enthalpy change (in calories) adiabatic
internal) compression of one mole of an ideal monoatomic gas
against constant external pressure of 2 atm starting
SECTION – IV
from initial pressure of 1 atm and initial temperature
Integer answer type
of 300 K. (R = 2 cal/mol degree) Give your answer
This section contains 8 questions. The answer to each of after divide actual answer by 100.
the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to
9. The appropriate bubbles below the respective 19. Calculate the emf of the cell
question numbers in the ORS have to be darkened. For
example, if the correct answers to question numbers X, Cd|Cd2+ (0.10M)1|| H+(0.20M)| Pt, H2(0.5 atm)
Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then [Given: EºCd2+/Cd = – 0.403 V,
the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the 2.303RT
following : = 0.0591]
F
X Y Z W Round off your answer after multiplying actual
answer by 10.
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
MATHEMATICS
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 SECTION – I
6 6 6 6 Straight Objective Type
7 7 7 7
8 8 This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each
8 8
question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
9 9 9 9 which ONLY ONE is correct.

1. The points of contact of the vertical tangents to

12. Equal volumes of 0.02 M AgNO3 & 0.02 M HCN
were mixed. If the [Ag+] at equilibrium was 10–n. x = 2 – 3 sin θ, y = 3 + 2 cos θ are
Find n. Given Ka(HCN) = 4 × 10–10, Ksp(AgCN) (A) (2, 5), (2, 1) (B) (–1, 3), (5, 3)
= 4 × 10–16. (C) (2, 5), (5, 3) (D) (–1, 3), (2, 1)
CH 3
| 2. Let f(x) = sin x; g(x) = x2 and h(x) = log x.
, hν
13. CH3CH2– CH − CH2CH3 Cl 2 → Products. Total
d 2u
number of isomers in the product is. If u (x) = h (f (g (x))), then is -
dx 2
14. Haemoglobin contains 0.25% iron by weight.
(A) 2 cos3 x
The molecular weight of haemoglobin is 89600.
Calculate the number of iron atoms per molecule of (B) 2 cot x2 – 4x2 cosec2 x2
haemoglobin. (C) 2x cot x2
15. Two liquids A and B form an ideal solution at (D) –2 cosec2 x
temperature T. When the total vapour pressure above
3. If p1and p2 are the lengths of the perpendiculars from
the solution is 600 torr, the amount of A in the
the points (2, 3, 4) and (1, 1, 4) respectively on the
vapour phase is 0.35 and in the liquid phase is 0.70.
plane 3x – 6y + 2z + 11 = 0, then p1, p2 are the roots of
What is the vapour pressure of pure A ? Express your
the equation
answer after divide actual answer by 100.
(A) p2 – 23p + 7 = 0 (B) 7p2 – 23p + 16 = 0
16. The value of x in the complex Hx[Co(CO)4] is (C) p2 – 17p + 16 = 0 (D) p2 – 16p + 7 = 0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 66 MARCH 2010

4. Equation of a common tangents to the curves  x log cos x
 for x ≠ 0
y2 = 8x and xy = –1 is 8. If f(x) =  log(1 + x 2 )
(A) 3y = 9x + 2  0 for x = 0

(B) y = 2x + 1
then -
(C) 2y = x + 8
(A) f(x) is continuous at x = 0
(D) y = x + 2
(B) f(x) is continuous at x = 0 but not differentiable at
x=0
SECTION – II (C) f(x) is derivable at x = 0
Multiple Correct Answers Type (D) f(x) is not continuous at x = 0

This section contains 5 multiple correct answer(s) type

1
questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D), out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
9. The value ∫ 0
cot −1 (1 + x2 – x)dx is -

(A) π/2 – log 2 (B) π – log 2

 cos α sin α 0  1
5. If A (α, β) = − sin α cos α 0  , then - (C) π/4 – log 2 (D) 2 ∫ 0
tan −1 x dx
 0 0 e β 
(A) A (α, β)′ = A (–α, β) SECTION – III
–1
(B) A (α, β) = A (–α, –β) Matrix - Match Type
β
(C) Adj (A (α, β)) = e A(–α, –β)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question
(D) A (α, β)′ = A (α, –β)
contains statements given in two columns, which have
to be matched. The statements in Column I are labeled
6. A man observes that the angle of elevation of the top A, B, C and D, while the statements in Column II are
of a tower from a point P on the ground is θ. He labeled p, q, r, s and t. any given statement in Column I
moves a certain distance towards the foot of the can have correct matching with ONE OR MORE
tower and finds that the angle of elevation of the top statements (s) in column II. The appropriate bubbled
has doubled. He further moves a distance 3/4 of the corresponding to the answers to these questions have to
previous and finds that the angle of elevation is three be darkened as illustrated in the following example :
times that at P, then - If the correct matches are A – p, s and t; B – q and r;
(A) sin θ = 5 / 12 C – p and q; and D – s and t; then the correct
darkening of bubbles will look like the following.
(B) sin 2θ = 1/6
p q r s t
(C) sin 3θ = 2 5 / 3 3
A q r
(D) sin θ = 7 / 12 B p s t
C r s t
7. If α, β are the roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0
D p q r
and α′, β′ those of a′ x2 + b′ x + c′ = 0 and the circle
having A(α, α′) and B(β, β′) as diameter passes 10.
 b b'  Column -I Column -II
through the origin, and the point  ,  then -
 a a' 
(A) Two distinct chords passing
(A) a′c + ac′ = 0 through (a, 2a) of parabola (p) –1
(B) a′b ± ab′ = 0 y2 = 4ax are bisected by the
(C) b′c + bc′ = 0 line x + y = 1, then the
(D) a2b′ 2 + a′ 2b2 = 0 length of latus rectum can be

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 67 MARCH 2010

 (B) A circle drawn through the (q) 0 12. If z ≠ 0 and 2 + cos θ + i sin θ = 3/z, then find the
POI of the parabola value of 2(z + z ) – |z|2.
y = x2 – 5x + 4 and
x axis such that origin lies 13. Find the number of rational roots of
outside it. The length of a
tangent to the circle from the p(x) = 2x98 + 3x97 + 2x96 + … + 2x + 3 = 0.
origin is equal to
14. An infinite G.P. is selected from
(C) If y + b = m1 (x + a) and (r) 1
y + b = m2 (x + a) are 1 1 1
1, , , , …….
tangents to y2 = 4ax then 2 4 8
m1m2 equal to
to coverage to 1/7. If 1/2a is the first term of such a
(D) If the point (h, –1) is outside (s) 2 G.P., find a.
to both the parabolas y2 = |x|,
then the integral part of h can 0 α 
be equal to 15. Let A =   and
0 0 
(t) 3
a b 
(A + I)50 – 50A =   , find a + b + c + d.
11. A man takes a step forward with probability 0.4 and c d 
backward with probability 0.6. Suppose the man
takes 11 steps and p4 denotes the probability that the 16. If a = (0, 1, –1) and c = (1, 1, 1) are given vectors,
man is r steps away from his initial position, then
then |b|2 where b satisfies a × b + c = 0 and a . b = 3
value of
Column-I Column-II is _____.
(A) p1 (p) 0
(B) p3 (q) 11C5 (0.24)5 17. ABC is an isosceles triangle inscribed in a circle of
(C) p0 (r) (0.4)11 + (0.6)11 radius r. if AB = AC and h is the altitude from A to
(D) p11 (s) 11C4 (0.24)4 (0.28) BC. If the triangle ABC has perimeter P and area ∆
(t) 11 C6 (0.24)5 ∆
then lim 512 r is equal to.
h→0 P3
SECTION – IV
Integer answer type
18. A function f(x) is defined for x > 0 and satisfies
This section contains 8 questions. The answer to each of f(x2) = x3 for all x > 0. Then the value of f ′(4) is ___.
the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to
9. The appropriate bubbles below the respective
question numbers in the ORS have to be darkened. For 19. The value of y ( 8 )− 13 if (1 + x )
2 dy
dx
= x(1 – y),
example, if the correct answers to question numbers X,
Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then y(0) = 4/3 is _____.
the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the
following :
PHYSICS
X Y Z W
0 0 0 0 SECTION – I
1 1 1 1
2 2 Straight Objective Type
2 2
3 3 3 3 This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each
4 4 4 4 question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
5 5 5 5 which ONLY ONE is correct.
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7 1. A pendulum of length 10 cm is hanged by wall
8 8 8 8 making an angle 3° with vertical. It is swinged to
9 9 9 9 position B. Time period of pendulum will be –

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 68 MARCH 2010

 between block and the plane 'µ' is insufficient to stop
slipping, then acceleration of block is –
3° 6°

A
B
2π θ
(A) π/5 sec (B) sec α
15
(A) g{sin α – µ cos α}
(C) π/6 sec
(D) Subsequent motion will not be periodic  cos α 
(B) g sin α − µ 
 sin( θ / 2) 
2. A rope of mass M is hanged from two support
(C) g {sin α – 2 µ cos α cos θ/2}
'A' & 'B' as shown in figure. Maximum and minimum
(D) g {sin α – µ cos α. sin (θ/2)}
tension in the rope is –
A
SECTION – II
θ1 Multiple Correct Answers Type

This section contains 5 multiple correct answer(s) type

B
θ2 questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D), out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
Mg cos θ 2 Mg cos θ1
(A) , 5. In a modified YDSE experiment if point source of
sin(θ1 + θ 2 ) sin (θ1 + θ 2 )
monochromatic light O is placed in such a manner
(B) Mg, Mg cos θ1 λ
that OS1– OS2 = where λ is wavelength of light
Mg cos θ 2 Mg cos θ1 cos θ2 4
(C) ,
sin (θ1 + θ 2 ) sin (θ1 + θ2 ) and S1, S2 are slits separated by distance 2λ. Then
Mg cos θ2 Mg cos θ1 value/s of θ for which a maxima is obtained will be –
(D) ,
cos (θ2 − θ1 ) sin (θ1 + θ 2 ) S1

3. Two ring of mass m and 2 m are connected with a θ

O
mass less spring and can slips over two frictionless
parallel horizontal rails as shown in figure. Ring of
mass m is given velocity 'v0' in the direction shown. S2
–1
Maximum stretch in spring will be – (A) sin (1/8) (B) sin–1 (–1/4)
m v0 (C) sin–1 (5/6) (D) sin–1 (–7/8)

k 6. A particle of charge q and mass m moves

rectilinearly under the action of an electric field
2m E = α – βx. Here α and β are positive constants and x
is the distance from the point where the particle was
m 3m
(A) v0 (B) v0 initially at rest then-
k k
(A) motion of particle is oscillatory
2m 2m
(C) v0 (D) v0 (B) amplitude of the particle is α/β
3k k
α
(C) mean position of the particle is at x =
4. A block 'B' is just fitting between two plane inclined β
at an angle 'θ'. The combination of plane is inclined qα
(D) the maximum acceleration of the particle is
at angle 'α' with horizontal. If coefficient of friction m

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 69 MARCH 2010

7. Speed of a body moving in a circular path changes p q r s t
with time as v = 2t, then – A q r
(A) Magnitude of acceleration remains constant p s t
B
(B) Magnitude of acceleration increases
C r s t
(C) Angle between velocity and acceleration remains
constant D p q r
(D) Angle between velocity and acceleration increases
10. Column-I contains the process of emission of
8. A wave disturbance in medium is given by electrons while column-II contains the method to
y(x,t) = 0.04 cos (25πt + π/2) cos (5πx), where achieve emission. Match column I and II.
x and y are in meter and t is in second – Column I Column II
(A) An antinode occurs at x = 0 (A) Thermionic emission (p) By irradiating
(B) Speed of wave is 5 m/s with light
(B) Photoelectric (q) By applied strong
(C) A node occurs at x = 20 cm
emission electric field
(D) Maximum velocity of medium particle is π m/s (C) Field emission (r) By colliding
accelerated
9. Radius of rod changes linearly from a to b electrons on
(a > b).Temperature of the two ends are maintained at metals
θ1 and θ2 (θ1 > θ2) respectively. Let 'i' be the heat (D) Secondary emission (s) By heating
(t) None of these
passing per unit cross sectional area of rod and 'θ' be
temperature at a distance 'r' from one end (having 11. Column-I contains different processes undergone by a
cross section radius 'a'), then which of the following diatomic ideal gas. Column-II change in different
graphs is/are correct – parameter of ideal gas.
Column I Column II
θ1
θ1 –1
(A) PV = constant and (p) Heat is given to
(A) θ (B) θ
θ2 θ2 volume is increased gas
r r twice
b b
(B) P2V = constant and (q) Heat is rejected by
pressure is increased gas
i twice
(C) (D) i (C) PV6/5 = constant and (r) Work done by gas
volume is reduced is negative
r b r b to half the initial
volume
(D) PV2 = constant (s) Internal energy
SECTION – III and pressure is increase
increased 3 times
Matrix - Match Type (t) None of these
This section contains 2 questions. Each question
contains statements given in two columns, which have SECTION – IV
to be matched. The statements in Column I are labeled Integer answer type
A, B, C and D, while the statements in Column II are
labeled p, q, r, s and t. any given statement in Column I This section contains 8 questions. The answer to each of
can have correct matching with ONE OR MORE the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to
statements (s) in column II. The appropriate bubbled 9. The appropriate bubbles below the respective
corresponding to the answers to these questions have to question numbers in the ORS have to be darkened. For
be darkened as illustrated in the following example : example, if the correct answers to question numbers X,
Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then
If the correct matches are A – p, s and t; B – q and r;
the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the
C – p and q; and D – s and t; then the correct
following :
darkening of bubbles will look like the following.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 70 MARCH 2010

 X Y Z W calculate the resultant intensity at P. (in W/m2).
0 0 0 0 (Ans.. ×101)
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 S1 P
d
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 S2
6 6 6 6 d
7 7 7 7 S3 Screen
8 8 8 8 D>>d
9 9 9 9
16. A cubical block of mass 6 kg and side 16.1 cm is
12. A small body is projected with a velocity just placed on frictionless horizontal surface. It is hit by a
sufficient to make it reach from the surface of a cue at the top as to impart-impulse in horizontal
planet (of radius 2R and mass 4 M) to the surface of direction. Minimum impulse imparted to topple the
another planet (of radius R = 1000 km and mass M).
block must be greater than.
The distance between the centres of the two spherical
planets is 6 R. Find the distance of the body from the
17. An unstable element is produced in a nuclear reactor
centre of bigger planet in kilometers where the speed
of the body is minimum. Assume motion of body at a constant rate. If its half life is 100 years, how
along the line joining centres of planets. (Ans... ×103) much time in years is required to produce 50% of the
equilibrium quantity ? (Ans.... ×102)
13. Light from sun is found to be maximum intensity
near 470 nm. Distance of sun from earth is 18. The wavelength of light incident on a metal surface is
1.5 × 1011 and radius of sun is 7 × 108 m. Treating reduced from 300 nm to 200 nm (both are less than
sun as a black body, calculate the intensity of threshold wavelength). What is the change in the
radiation from sun at the surface of earth in watt/m2. stopping potential for photoelectrons emitted from
(Ans. ... ×103) the surface. (Take h = 6.6 × 10– 34 J-sec)

14. 1 gm of helium gas undergoes process ABCA as 19. A mercury pallet is trapped in a tube as shown in
shown in figure. Calculate the maximum temperature figure. The tube is slowly heated to expel all mercury
of gas in degree centigrade. (Ans. ... ×102) inside it (Isothermal condition). Calculate the heat
given to the tube in J. (ρHg = 13.6 gm/cc,
B Atmospheric pressure = 105 Pa, cross–section area of
225
P tube = 2 cm2)
(in kPa)
200
A C 10 cm

3 4 5 cm
V (in liters)

10 cm
15. Consider the interference at P between waves
emanating from three coherent sources in same phase
located at S1, S2 and S3. If intensity due to each
d2 λ
source is I0 = 12 W/m2 at P and = then
2D 3

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 71 MARCH 2010

 MOCK TEST - AIEEE PATTERN
SYLLABUS : Physics : Full syllabus Chemistry : Full syllabus Mathematics : Full syllabus

Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 432

Instructions :
• Part A – Physics (144 Marks) – Questions No. 1 to 2 and 9 to 30 consist FOUR (4) marks each and Question No.
3 to 8 consist EIGHT (8) marks each for each correct response.
Part B – Chemistry (144 Marks) – Questions No. 31 to 39 and 46 to 60 consist FOUR (4) marks each and
Question No. 40 to 45 consist EIGHT (8) marks each for each correct response.
Part C – Mathematics (144 Marks) – Questions No.61 to 82 and 89 to 90 consist FOUR (4) marks each and
Question No. 83 to 88 consist EIGHT (8) marks each for each correct response
• For each incorrect response, ¼ (one fourth) of the weightage marks allotted of the would be deducted.

5. If input in a full-wave rectifier is

PHYSICS e = 50 sin 314t volt, diode resistance is
100 Ω and load resistance is 1K Ω then.
1. An elevator, in which a man is standing, is moving
(1) Pulse frequency output voltage is 100.
upwards with a speed of 10 m/s. If the man drops the
coin from a height of 2.45 m, it reaches the floor of (2) Input power is 1136 mw
the elevator after a time - (3) Output power is 827 mw
1 (4) Efficiency is 81.2 %
(A) sec (B) 2 sec
2 (A) 1, 3 (B) 1, 2
1 (C) 1, 2, 3 (D) 1,2,3,4
(C) 2 sec (D) sec
2
6. An n-p-n transistor circuit is arranged as shown, it is
2. Graph between the mass of liquid inside the capillary a–
and radius of capillary is –
N R = 10 K
P V
m
m N
(A) (B) V
r r

(A) Common base amplifier circuit

m m (B) Common-emitter amplifier circuit
(C) (D)
(C) Common-collector amplifier circuit
r r (D) None
3. If the De –Broglie wavelength of an electron in first
Bohr's orbit be λ then the minimum radial distance 7. At what temperature will wood and iron appear
between the electrons in the first and second Bohr's equally hot or equally cold -
orbit is – (A) 37° C
λ λ (B) 98.6°
(A) λ (B) (C) 2λ (D)
2 2π (C) Temperature of human body
4. Photoelectron are emitted with maximum kinetic (D) all of the above
energy E from a metal surface when light of
frequency υ falls on it when light of frequency υ' 8. In an Experiment to find loss of energy w.r.t time in
falls on the same metal, the max. KE. of emitted case of swinging simple pendulum mark graph
Photoelectrons is found to be 2E then υ' is - between (amplitude)2 and time is –
(A) υ´ = υ (B) υ´ = 2υ
(C) υ´ > 2υ (D) υ´ < 2υ

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 72 MARCH 2010

 a2 a2
14. A cyclotron is accelerating proton, where the applied
magnetic field is 2T and the potential gap is 100 keV.
(A) (B) To acquire a kinetic energy of 20 MeV, the number
of turns, the proton has to move between the dees is -
t t
(A) 200 (B) 300
(C) 150 (D) 100
a2 a2
(C) (D) 15. A magnet is suspended horizontally in the earth's
t t magnetic field. When it is displaced and released, it
oscillates in a horizontal plane with a period T. If a
9. A body weights 24.2g when placed is one pan of a piece of wood of same M.I as the magnet is attached
balance and 20g when placed in other. What is the to the magnet is attached to the magnet, the new
true mass of the body if the arms have un equal period of oscillation of the system would be -
length - T T T
(A) 24.2g (B) 20g (C) 22.1g (D) 22g (A) (B) (C) (D) 2T
3 2 2
10. In the YDSE apparatus shown in the fig ∆x is the
path difference between S2P and S1P. Now a glass 16. A square loop of side 1m is placed in a perpendicular
slab is introduced in front of S2 then the number of magnetic field. Half of the area of the loop lies inside
fring between O and P will – the magnetic field. A battery of emf 10V and
negligible internal resistance is connected in the
P
S1 loop. The magnetic field change with time according
to the relation B = (0.01 –2t) tesla. The total emf of
O
the battery will be -
S2
X X X X X

X X X X X
(A) Increase
(B) decrease X X X X X

(C) Many increase or decrease depends upon ∆x

–
(D) remains constant 10V +

11. A capacitor is charged until its stored energy is 3 J (A) 11V (B) 9 V
and the charging battery is removed. Now another (C) 12 V (D) 6 V
uncharged capacitor is connected across it and it is
found that charge distributes equally. The final value 17. A Smooth ring of Mass 'M' is threaded on a string as
of total energy stored in the electric fields is - shown in the figure. Various portions of strings are
(A) 1.5 J (B) 3 J (C) 2.5 J (D) 2 J vertical. What is the condition if the ring alone is to
remain at rest –
12. A potential difference of 30 V is applied between the
ends of a conductor of length 100 m and resistance
0.5 Ω and uniform area of cross-section. The total
linear momentum of free electrons is -
(A) 3.4 × 10–6 kg/s (B) 4.3 × 10–6 kg/s
–8
(C) 3.4 × 10 kg/s (D) 4.3 × 10–8 kg/s m m'

13. A certain unknown resistance is connected in the left

gap and a resistance box in the right gap of a metre M
bridge. By introducing a resistance of 10 Ω with the 4 1 1 2 1 1
(A) = + (B) = +
help of resistance box, the balance point is M m m' M m m'
determined. If the balance point shift by 20 cm on
1 1 1 3 1 1
increasing the resistance from the resistance box by (C) = + (D) = +
M m m' M m m'
12.5 Ω ,then value of unknown resistance is -
(A) 15 Ω (B) 25 Ω (C) 10 Ω (D) 20 Ω

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 73 MARCH 2010

18. A Particle of mass 100 gm moves in a potential well Statement based questions:
given by U = 8x2 – 4x + 400 Joule. Find its Each of the questions (Q.24 to 25) given below consist of
acceleration at a distance of 25 cm from equilibrium Statement-I and Statement-II. Use the following Key to
in positive direction - choose the appropriate answer.
(A) 0 (B) 40 m/s2 (A) If both Statement-I and Statement-II are true, and
(C) –40 m/s 2
(D) 20 m/s2 Statement-II is the correct explanation of Statement-I.
(B) If both Statement - I and Statement-II are true but
19. Side of a cube is measured with a standard vernier Statement-II is not the correct explanation of
Statement-I.
callipers. The main scale reads 10 mm and first
(C) If Statement-I is true but Statement-II is false.
division of vernier scale coincides with that of main
(D) If Statement-I is false but Statement-II is true.
scale. Measured value of side of cube is -
(A) 1.1 cm (B) 1.01 cm 24. Statement-I : Heat supplied to a gas in a process is
(C) 1.001 cm (D) 1.02 cm 100 J and work done by the gas in the same process
is 120 J, then pressure of the gas in the process
20. While measuring the speed of sound by performing a should increase.
resonance column experiment a student gets the first Statement-II : Work done by the gas is greater than
resonance condition at a column length of 18 cm the heat supplied to the gas. Hence, internal energy of
during winter. Repeating the same experiment during the gas should decrease.
summer, she measures the column length to be x cm
for the second resonance then - 25. Statement-I : In the circuit shown in figure current I
(A) x > 54 (B) 54 > x > 36 through the battery rises instantly to its steady state
value V/R when the switch is closed, provided
(C) 36 > x > 18 (D) 18 > x
R = L/C .
21. An ideal gas is taken through the cycle R L
A → B → C → A as shown in figure. If the net heat
supplied to the gas in the cycle is 5 J. The work done R C
by the gas in the process C → A is –
I
2 C B
V S
V(m3)
Statement-II : At R = L / C , τL = τC.
1 A
Passage Based questions (Q. 26 to 27) :
P (N/m3) 10 When two concentric shells are connected by a thin
(A) –5J (B) –10J conducting wire, whole of the charge of inner shell
(C) –15J (D) –20 J transfers to the outer shell and potential difference
between them becomes zero.
–σ
22. The apparent frequency of the whistle of an engine
changes by the ratio 5/3 as the engine passes a +σ
stationary observer. If the velocity of sound is 340
m/s, then the velocity of the engine is -
R
(A) 340 m/s (B) 170 m/s 2R
(C) 85 m/s (D) 42.5 m/s
Questions: Surface charge densities of two thin
23. A ray incident at sphere an angle of incidence 60° concentric spherical shells are σ and – σ respectively.
They radii are R and 2R. Now they are connected by
enters a glass sphere of R.I µ = 3 . This ray is a thin wire.
reflected and refracted at the farther surface of the 26. Potential on either of the shells will be -
sphere. The angle between reflected and refracted 3σR 2σR
rays in this surface is - (A) – (B) –
2ε 0 ε0
(A) 90° (B) 60°
(C) 70° (D) 40° σR
(C) – (D) zero
2ε 0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 74 MARCH 2010

27. Suppose electric field at a distance r (> 2R) was E1 (A) HgCl2 (B) HgCl42+
before connecting the two shells and E2 after (C) HgI42– (D) Hg2I2
E2
connecting the two shells, then is - 34. Which of the following has minimum flocculating
E1 power-
(A) zero (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 1/2 (A) Pb+2 (B) Pb+4 (C) Sr+2 (D) Na+
Passage Based questions (Q. 28 to 30) : 35. The conjugate base of H3BO3 is-
In perfectly inelastic collision between two bodies
(A) B(OH)4– (B) H2BO3–
momentum remains constant and the bodies stick –
(C) HBO3 (D) H4BO3+
together. Angular frequency of a spring block system
K 36. Calculate equivalent weight of C6H12O6 in given
is ω = and maximum speed of particle is SHM is redox change-
m
ωA, where A is the amplitude. C6H12O6 →CO2
Question: Two identical blocks P and Q have mass (A) M/2 (B) M/4 (C) M/24 (D) M/6
m each. They are attached to two identical springs
CHO
initially unstretched. Now the left spring (along with
P) is compressed by A/2 and the right spring (along 37. Give correct IUPAC name for CHO -
with Q) is compressed by A. Both the blocks are CHO
released simultaneously. They collide perfectly (A) 3-Aldo pentane-1,5-dial
inelastically. Initially time period of both the block (B) 3-Formyl-1,5-pentanedial
was T. (C) Propane-1,2,3-tricarbaldehyde
A
A (D) Propane-1,2,3- trial
2
P Q 38. Which of the following compounds would be
28. The time period of oscillation of combined mass is - hydrolysed most easily-
T T (A) C2H5Br (B) H3C-Br
(A) (B) 2T (C) T (D) (C) H2C=CH-Br (D) H2C=CH-CH2Br
2 2

29. The amplitude of combined mass is - 39. Which of the following alcohols is most soluble in
H2O -
A A 2A 3A
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) n-Butyl alcohol (B) iso-Butyl alcohol
4 2 3 4
(C) sec-Butyl alcohol (D) tert-Butyl alcohol
30. What is energy of oscillation of the combined mass ?
40. Which of the following reaction does not give amine-
1 1
(A) kA2 (B) kA2 (A) R-X + NH3 →
2 4 Na / C H OH
(B) R-CH=NOH  2 5 →
1 1
(C) kA2 (D) kA2 +
8 16 (C) R-CN H2O
/H
→
(D) R-CONH2 LiAlH
  4
→
CHEMISTRY 41. Aniline reacts with conc. HNO3 to give -
(A) H2N NH2
31. Which of the following oxides of Chromium is
amphoteric ? NH2 NH2
(A) CrO (B) Cr2O3 (C) CrO3 (D) CrO5 NO2
(B) and
32. Which of the following gives foul smelling gas with
smell of rotten eggs with dil H2SO4? NO2
O
(A) CO32– (B) SO32– (C) S2– (D) NO2–
NO2
33. The Nessler's reagent is used for the detection of (C) (D)
ammonia the active species involved in this is-
O

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 75 MARCH 2010

42. Benzaldehyde reacts with ammonia to form- 50. Find the t2/3of the first order reaction in which
(A) Benzal amine K1 = 5.48×10–14sec–1.
(B) Urotropine (A) 2.01×1013sec (B) 2.01×1010sec
16
(C) Hydrobenzamide (C) 2.01×10 sec (D) 2.01×105sec
(D) Benzaldehyde ammonia
51. The electrode potential of Mg+2/Mg electrode in
43. Several blocks of magnesium are fixed to the bottom which concentration of Mg+2 is 0.01 M is, Given that
of a ship to-
E ºMg 2 + / Mg = –2.36 volt.
(A) Prevent puncturing by under sea rocks.
(B) Keep away the sharks (A) 2.36 volt (B) –2.36 volt
(C) Make a ship lighter (C) 2.42 volt (D) –2.42 volt
(D) Prevent action of water & salt
52. 50ml of 2N CH3COOH mixed with 10ml of 1N
44. Which of the following metal reacts with hot solution CH3COONa solution will have pH of.......(Ka= 10–5)
of NaOH and liberates H2 gas- (A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7
(A) Tin (B) Lead
(C) Zinc (D) None of These 53. An aqueous solution containing 2gm of solute
dissolved in 100 gm of water freezes at –0.5°C. What
45. Which of the following compound is aspirin- is the molecular wt. of solute ? Molar heat of fusion
(A) Methyl salicylate (B) Acetyl salicylic Acid of ice at 0°C is 1.44 KCals. & R = 2cals-
(C) Phenyl salicylate (D) Salicylic acid (A) 74.4 (B) 84.6
(C) 48.6 (D) 90.2
46. A coloured ppt. is obtained when H2S gas is passed
through an aqueous solution of the salt in presence of 54. Calculate the maximum no. of possible e– for which
NH4OH. The ppt. dissolves in dil. HCl and reacts 4<n+l≤6-
with NaOH to give white ppt which on standing turns (A) 18 (B) 36
into brown/black mass. The cation present in the salt is - (C) 72 (D) 4
(A) Cu2+ (B) Mg2+
(C) Ni 2+
(D) Mn2+ 55. Point out wrong statement about Resonance:-
(A) Resonance structures should have equal energy.
47. The pair in which both species have the same (B) In resonance structures, the constituent atoms
magnetic moment is - should in the same position.
(A) [Cr(H2O)6]2+ [CoCl4]2– (C) In resonance structures, there should not be same
no. of e– pairs.
(B) [Cr(H2O)6]2+ [Fe(H2O)6]2+
(D) Resonance structures should differ only in the
(C) [Mn(H2O)6]2+ [Cr(H2O)6]2+
location of electrons around the constituent atom
(D) [CoCl4]2– [Fe(H2O)6]2+

56. Which is not true about the following reaction ?

48. A solid has a bcc structure. If the distance of closest
Pd
approach between the two atoms is 1.73Å. The edge R–COCl + H2 →
BaSO
R–CHO + HCl
4
length of cell is-
(A) It is Rosenmund reduction reaction
(A) 200pm (B) 400pm
(B) BaSO4 increases the efficiency of the catalyst
(C) 100pm (D) 150pm
(C) BaSO4 decreases the efficiency of catalyst
(D) Pd-is heterogeneous catalyst
49. Equilibrium constant for the reaction
A2 + B2 2AB is 100 at 25°C. What will be the 57. C2H5MgBr  
2 ( i ) CO
→ CnH2n+1COOH
rate constants for the reactions (ii ) H 2 O

(i) 2AB A2 + B2 The value of n is-

(ii) 1/2 A2 + 1/2 B2 AB at 25°C. (A) 1 (B) 2
(A) 10–2, 10 (B) 10–4, 100 (C) 3 (D) 0
(C) 10–2, 100 (D) 10–2, 200 58. The intermediate stages during the reduction of
nitrobenzene to Aniline are-

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 76 MARCH 2010

 N=O NHOH 67. If A = { x; x2 – 5x + 6 = 0}
(A) (B)
B = {2, 4}, C = {4, 5} then
H H A × (B ∩ C) is -
N–N (A) {(2, 4), (3, 4)}
(C) (D) (A) and (B) both (B) {(4, 2), (4, 3)}
(C) {(2, 4),(3, 4), (4, 4)}
59. The volume of 10 vol. of H2O2 required to liberate (D) {(2, 2),(3, 3),(4, 4), (5, 5)}
500 cm3 of O2 at STP is-
(A) 50ml (B) 5.0ml 68. If a > 0, b > 0, c > 0 then (a + b) (b + c) (c + a) is
(C) 15ml (D) 100ml greater than -
(A) 2(a + b + c) (B) 6abc
60. Silver ore dissolved in dilute soln of NaCN in the (C) 3(a + b + c) (D) 8abc
presence of air to form-
(A) AgCN (B) [Ag(CN)2]– 69. The order of the differential eqn of all conics whose
(C) AgCNO (D) [Ag(CN)4]3– axes coincide with the axes of coordinates is -
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 1

MATHEMATICS 70. The area bounded by y = [x] and the two ordinates
x = 1 and x = 1.7 is -
17 17 7
61. If sinx + cos x = then tan2x is - (A) (B) b = 1 (C) (D)
10 5 10
25 7 25 24
(A) (B) (C) (D)
17 25 7 7 71. The range of the function

62. If tan(x + y) = 33 and x = tan–13 then y will be - sin( π[ x 2 + 1])

f(x) = is -
(A) 0.3 (B) tan–1(1.3) x 4 +1
1 (A) [0, 1] (B) [–1, 1]
(C) tan–1 (0.3) (D) tan–1   (C) {0} (D) None of these
 18 

63. The variance of the first n natural numbers is - 72. If A and B are square matrices of the same order and

(A)
n 2 −1
(B)
( )
n n 2 −1
AB = 3I then A–1 is equal to -
1
12 12 (A) 3B (B) B

(C)
n 2 +1
(D)
(
n n2 +1 ) (C) 3B –1
3
(D) None of these
12 12
73. The value of k for which points A(1, 0, 3),
64. The negation of statement
B(–1, 3, 4), C(1, 2, 1) & D(k, 2, 5) are coplaner, is -
(p ∧ q ) → (q ∨ ~ r) will be.
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 0 (D) –1
(A) (~ p ∨ ~ q) → (~ q ∧ r)
(B) (p ∧ q) ∨ (~ q ∧ r) 74. Area of triangle formed by the positive x-axis, the
(C) (p ∧ q) ∧ (~ q ∧ r) normal & the tangent to the circle x2 + y2 = 4 at point
(D) (p ∧ q) ∧ (q ∨ ~ r) (1, 3 ) is -

65. The angle between the lines given by the equation 3

(A) sq. unit (B) 3 sq. unit
ay2 – (1 + λ2)xy – ax2 = 0 is same as the angle 2
between the lines - (C) 2 3 sq. unit (D) 6 sq. unit
(A) 5x2 +2xy–3y2 = 0 (B) x2 – y2 = 100
(C) xy = 0 (D) B & C both 75. A & B are two candidates seeking admission in
AIEEE. The probability that A is selected is 0.5 and
66. The vector ((i – j) × (j – k)) × (i + 5k) is equal to - probability that both A & B are selected is at most
(A) 5i – 4j – k (B) 3i – 2j + 5k 0.3. The probability of B getting selected can not
(C) 4i – 5j – k (D) 5i + 4j – k exceed
(A) 0.6 (B) 0.7 (C) 0.8 (D) 0.9

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 77 MARCH 2010

76. If a plane meets the co-ordinate axes in A, B & C a1 b1 c1
such that the centroid of triangle ABC is a point ∆ = a2 b2 c2 then the value of the determinant
(1, 2r, 3r2) then equation of plane is -
a3 b3 c3
y z y z
(A) x + + 2 = 9 (B) x + + 2 = 3 A1 B1 C1
2r 3r r r
A2 B2 C2 is -
3 y 2z
(C) 6x + + 2 =18 (D) None of these A3 B3 C3
r r
(A) ∆ (B) ∆2 (C) 2∆ (D) 0
77. If the equation of an ellipse whose focus is (–1, 1) &
eccentricity is 1/2 and directrix is x – y + 3 = 0 is 16
 2rπ 2rπ 
ax2 + by2 + 2hxy + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 then - 84. The value of ∑  sin 17 + i cos 17  is -
r =1
(A) h2 – abc = 0 (B) a + b = c
(C) a + b = h (D) a + b = 2ch (A) 1 (B) i
(C) –i (D) – 1
78. If shortest distance of a line x – y = 3a from a point
(a, b) is |a| then b/a must be root of equation 2x
x sin −1
(a, b, ∈ Ro) lim 1+ x2
85. + =
x→0
(A) x2 + 4x – 2 = 0 (B) x2 + 4x + 2 = 0 −1 
 −1 3x − x 3 2
cos  1− x
 tan
2
(C) x – x – 1 = 0 (D) None of these 2 
1+ x  1 − 3x 2

79. If both the roots of equation 2x2 + 3 2 x + 6 = 0 are (A) 1/2 (B) 1/3
real and equal then both the roots of equation (C) 1/4 (D) 1/6
x2 – bx + 1 = 0 are a sin x + b cos x
(A) Imaginary 86. f(x) = decreases for all x if -
c sin x + d cos x
(B) both are –ve
(A) ad – bc < 0 (B) ad – bc > 0
(C) One is +ve other is –ve
(C) ab – cd > 0 (D) ab – cd < 0
(D) both are +ve

80. If pth, qth and rth term of a A.P. are three consecutive 87. The minimum value of 27cos2x.81sin2x is -
terms of G.P. find common ratio of the G.P. 1
(A) (B) – 5
p−q 243
(A) 1 (B)
p−r (C) 1/5 (D) None of these

r −q a+π / 2
(C) (D) None of these
q−p 88. The value of ∫ a
(sin 4 x + cos 4 x ) dx is -

81. There are four balls of different colours and four 3 2

(A) aπ (B) a(π/2)2
boxes of coluers same as those of the balls. The 8
number of ways in which the balls, one in each box, (C) 3π/8 (D) None of these
could be placed such that a ball does not go to box of
its own colour is : 89. The number of products that can be formed with
(A) 8 (B) 7 10 prime number taken two or more at a time is -
(C) 9 (D) None of these (A) 210 (B) 210–1
(C) 210–11 (D) 210–10
82. If T0, T1, T2......are the terms in expansion of (x + a)n
then value of
(T0 –T2 + T4 – ...........)2 + (T1 – T3 + T5–........)2 is - 90. If A ≡ (3, 4) & B is a variable point on line |x| = 6 if
AB ≤ 4 then no of position of point B with integral
(A) (x2 + a2) (B) (x2 + a2)n
co-ordinates is -
(C) (x2 + a2)1/n (D) (x2 + a2)–1/n
(A) 5 (B) 6
(C) 10 (D) 12
83. If the capital latters denote the cofactors of the
corresponding small letters in the determinant

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 78 MARCH 2010

 MOCK TEST – BIT-SAT
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 450

Instructions :
• This question paper contains 150 questions in Physics (40) Chemistry (40), Mathematics (45), Logical
Reasoning (10) & English (15). There is Negative Marking
• Each question has four option & out of them, ONLY ONE is the correct answer. There is – ve marking.
• +3 Marks for each correct & – 1 Mark for the incorrect answer.

4. A system is shown in the figure. The time period for

PHYSICS small oscillations of the two blocks will be -
k 2k
m m
1. A particle is given an initial speed u inside a smooth
spherical shell of radius R = 1 m that it is just able to 3m 3m
complete the circle. Acceleration of the particle when (A) 2π (B) 2π
k 4k
its velocity is vertical is -
3m 3m
(C) 2π (D) 2π
8k 2k

R
u 5. The displacement of two identical particles executing
SHM are represented by equations
(A) g 10 (B) g  π
x1 = 4 sin 10 t +  and x2 = 5 cos ωt
(C) g 2 (D) 3g  6
For what value of ω energy of both the particles is
2. A rigid rod leans against a vertical wall (y-axis) as same ?
shown in figure. The other end of the rod is on the (A) 16 unit (B) 6 unit
horizontal floor. Point A is pushed downwards with (C) 4 unit (D) 8 unit
constant velocity. Path of the centre of the rod is –
y
6. A solid sphere of mass M and radius R is placed on a
A smooth horizontal surface. It is given a horizontal
impulse J at a height h above the centre of mass and
sphere starts rolling then, the value of h and speed of
centre of mass are –
J
x
B h
(A) a straight line passing through origin R
M C
(B) a straight line not passing through origin
(C) a circle of radius l/2 and centre at origin
(D) a circle of radius l/2 but centre not at origin µ=0
2 J
(A) h = R and v =
3. The height at which the acceleration due to gravity 5 M
g 2 2 J
becomes (where g = the acceleration due to (B) h = R and v =
9 5 5 M
gravity on the surface of the earth) in terms of R, the
radius of the earth, is – 7 7 J
(C) h = R and v =
R 5 5 M
(A) 2R (B)
2 7 J
(D) h = R and v =
(C) R / 2 (D) 2R 5 M

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 79 MARCH 2010

7. As shown in figure, wheel A of radius rA = 10 cm is through a consumer of unknown resistance, what
coupled by belt B to wheel C of radius energy does the consumer give out to its
rC = 25 cm. The angular speed of wheel A is surrounding?
increased from rest at a constant rate of 1.6 rad/s2. Assume d1 = d2 = d
Time after which wheel C reaches a rotational speed A
of 100 rpm, assuming the belt does not slip, is nearly- +q
B B
C –q
A C

(A) 4 sec (B) 8 sec

(C) 12 sec (D) 16 sec K
2
q d q 2d q 2d 2q 2d
Q (A) (B) (C) (D)
8. Let P(r ) = r be the charge density distribution 4ε 0 A ε0A 2ε 0 A ε0A
πR 4
for a solid sphere of radius R and total charge Q. For 12. Consider the network of equal resistances (each R)
a point ‘p’ inside the sphere at distance r1 from the shown in Figure. Then the effective resistance
centre of the sphere, the magnitude of electric field between points A an B is –
is- A
Q
(A) 0 (B)
4π ∈0 r12
Q r12 Q r12
(C) (D)
4π ∈0 R 4 3π ∈0 R 4 B

9. An isolated and charged spherical soap bubble has a (A) (5/3) R (B) (5/6) R
radius 'r' and the pressure inside is atmospheric. If 'T' (C) (5/12) R (D) None of these
is the surface tension of soap solution, then charge on
drop is - 13. A current of 2 ampere flows in a system of
conductors as shown in the following figure. The
2rT
(A) 2 (B) 8 π r 2rT ∈0 potential difference (VA – VB) will be - (in volt)
∈0 A
2rT 2Ω 3Ω
(C) 8 π r rT ∈0 (D) 8 π r
∈0 2 amp C
D
10. Current versus time and voltage versus time graphs
of a circuit element are shown in figure. 3Ω 2Ω
I(A) V(Volt) B
(A) +2 (B) +1
(C) –1 (D) –2
1.0 4.0 14. Consider a toroid of circular cross-section of radius b,
amp Volt major radius R much greater than minor radius b,
(see diagram) find the total energy stored in magnetic
t(s) t(s) field of toroid –
4.0 4.0
sec sec
The type of the circuit element is :
(A) capacitance of 2 F
(B) resistance of 2Ω
(C) capacitance of 1 F
(D) a voltage source of e.m.f 1 V

11. Three identical metal plates of area 'A' are at distance

d1 & d2 from each other. Metal plate A is uncharged,
while plate B & C have respective charges +q & – q.
If metal plates A &C are connected by switch K

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 80 MARCH 2010

 B2 π2b 2R B2 π2b 2R 18. A step down transformer reduces 220 V to 110 V.
(A) (B) The primary draws 5 ampere of current and
2µ 0 4µ 0
secondary supplies 9 ampere. The efficiency of
B2 π2b 2R B2 π2b 2R transformer is -
(C) (D) (A) 20% (B) 44%
8µ 0 µ0
(C) 90% (D)100%
15. AB and CD are smooth parallel rails, separated by a
19. Of the following transitions in hydrogen atom, the
distance L and inclined to the horizontal at an angle
one which gives emission line of minimum frequency
θ. A uniform magnetic field of magnitude B, directed is -
vertically upwards, exists in the region. EF is a (A) n = 1 to n = 2 (B) n = 3 to n = 10
conductor of mass m, carrying a current I. For EF to (C) n = 10 to n = 3 (D) n = 2 to n = 1
be in equilibrium:
D 20. In uranium (Z = 92) the K absorption edge is
F 0.107 Å and the Kα line is 0.126 Å the, wavelength of
θ
C the L absorption edge is -
B (A) 0.7 Å (B) 1 Å
L (C) 2 Å (D) 3.2 Å
E 21. A material whose K absorption edge is 0.15 Å is
A θ irradiated with 0.1 Å X-rays. The maximum kinetic
(A) I must flow from E to F energy of photoelectrons that are emitted from K-
(B) BIL = mg cos θ shell is-
(C) BIL = mg sin θ (A) 41 KeV (B) 51 KeV
(D) BIL = mg (C) 61 KeV (D) 71 KeV

16. In the circuit shown the cell is ideal. The coil has an 22. The element which has Kα X-ray line whose
inductance of 4H and zero resistance. F is a fuse of wavelength is 0.18 nm is –
zero resistance and will blow when the current (A) Iron (B) Cobalt
through it reaches 5A.The switch is closed at t = 0. (C) Nickel (D) Copper
The fuse will blow -
23. The momentum of a photon having energy equal to
+ F the rest energy of an electron is:
2V – L=4H (A) zero
S (B) 2.73 × 10–22 kg ms–1
(C) 1.99 × 10–24 kg ms–1
(A) after 5 sec (B) after 2 sec (D) infinite
(C) after 10 sec (D) almost at once
24. A parallel beam of uniform, monochromatic light of
17. In the circuit shown X is joined to Y for a long time wavelength 2640 Å has an intensity of
and then X is joined to Z. The total heat produced in 100 W/m2. The number of photons in 1 mm3 of this
R2 is – radiation are –
R2 (A) 222 (B) 335
(C) 442 (D) 555
L Z
X 25. The figure shows the variation of photo current with
Y anode potential for a photo-sensitive surface for three
different radiations. Let Ia, Ib and Ic be the intensities
E and fa, fb and fc be the frequencies for the curves a, b
R1 and c respectively -
Fig. Photo current
LE 2 LE 2
(A) (B)
2R 12 2R 22
c
b a
LE 2 LE 2 R 2
(C) (D)
2 R 1R 2 2R 13
O
Anode potential

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 81 MARCH 2010

 (A) fa = fb and Ia ≠ Ib (A) N + 0.01 n
(B) fa = fc and Ia = Ic (B) N + 0.001 n
(C) fa = fb and Ia = Ib (C) 0.5 N + 0.001 n
(D) fb = fc and Ib = Ic (D) 5(0.1 N+0.0001 n)

26. The internal resistance of a cell is determined by 30. When 36 Li is bombarded with 4 MeV deutrons, one
using a potentiometer. In an experiment, an internal
reaction that is observed is the formation of two
resistance of 100 Ω is used across the given cell.
α-particles, each with 13.2 MeV of energy. The
When the key K2 is closed, the balance length on the
Q-value for this reaction is -
potentiometer decreases from 90 cm to 72 cm.
(A) 13.2 MeV (B) 26.4 MeV
Calculate the internal resistance of the cell -
(C) 22.4 MeV (D) 4 MeV
(A) 100Ω (B) 75Ω
(C) 50Ω (D) 25Ω 31. In a radioactive decay, let N represent the number of
residual active nuclei, D the number of daughter
27. In the potentiometer arrangement shown, the driving nuclei, and R the rate of decay at any time t. Three
cell D has e.m.f. E and internal resistance r. The cell curves are shown in Fig. The correct ones are –
C whose e.m.f. is to be measured has e.m.f. E/2 and
internal resistance 2r. The potentiometer wire is 100 R
N D
cm long. If the balance is obtained the length AP = l, N
then-
t t t
D(E,r) (1) (2) (3)
(A) 1 and 3 (B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 2 (D) all three

P 32. Young's double slit experiment is made in a liquid. The

A B
10th bright fringe in liquid lies where 6th dark fringe lies
in vacuum. The refractive index of the liquid is
approximately-
G (A) 1.8 (B) 1.54
C (E/2, 2r) (C) 1.67 (D) 1.2
(A) l = 50 cm
(B) l > 50 cm 33. A particle moves in a circle of diameter 1 cm with a
constant angular velocity. A concave mirror of focal
(C) l < 50 cm
length 10 cm is placed with its principal axis passing
(D) Balance will not obtained
through the centre of the circle and perpendicular to
its plane. The distance between the pole of the mirror
28. The figure shows a metre-bridge circuit, with AB =
and the centre of the circle is 30 cm. The ratio of
100 cm, X = 12 Ω and R = 18 Ω, and the jockey J in acceleration of image to that of object is -
the position of balance.
1 1
– + (A) (B) (C) 2 (D) 4
2 4

34. A concave mirror of focal length 15 cm forms an

X R image having twice the linear dimensions of the
A J B object. The position of the object when the image is
virtual will be-
(A) 22.5 cm (B) 7.5 cm
If R is now made 8 Ω, through what distance will (C) 30 cm (D) 45 cm
J have to be moved to obtain balance?
(A) 10 cm (B) 20 cm 35. A telescope has focal length of objective and
(C) 30 cm (D) 40 cm eye-piece as 200 cm and 5 cm. What is the
magnification of telescope ?
29. The pitch of a screw gauge is 0.1 cm. The number of (A) 40 (B) 80 (C) 50 (D) 101
divisions on its circular scale is 100. In the
measurement of diameter of a wire with this screw 36. A compound microscope has magnifying power as 32
gauge the linear scale reading is 'N' cm and the and magnifying power of eye-piece is 4, then the
number of division on the reference line is n. Then magnifying power of objective is -
the radius of the wire in cm will be - (A) 8 (B) 10 (C) 6 (D) 12

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 82 MARCH 2010

37. Two blocks are connected by a massless string
through an ideal pulley as shown. A force of 22N is
applied on block B when initially the blocks are at
rest. Then speed of centre of mass of block A and 1.0 m
θ
block B, 2 sec, after the application of force is
(masses of A and B are 4 kg and 6 kg respectively O 
and surfaces are smooth) –
(A) 10.2 N upwards (B) 4.2 N downwards
(C) 8.3 N downwards (D) 6.2 N upwards

B F = 22 N
CHEMISTRY
A 6kg
4kg 1. According to Bohr’s theory, angular momentum of
an electron in fourth orbit is -
(A) 1.4 m/s2 (B) 1 m/s2 h h 2h 4h
(C) 2 m/s2 (D) None of these (A) (B) (C) (D)
2π 4π π π
38. A chain of length 1.5 πR and mass ‘m’ is put on a 2. 1.25g of a solid dibasic acid is completely neutralized
mounted half cylinder as shown in figure. Chain is by 25 ml. of 0.25 molar Ba(OH)2 solution. Molecular
pulled by vertically downward force 2 mg. Assuming mass of the acid is -
surfaces to be friction less, acceleration of chain is – (A) 100 (B) 150 (C) 120 (D) 200

3. Rates of effusion of hydrogen and deuterium under

similar conditions are in the ratio -
R
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 2 : 1 (C) 2 : 1 (D) 1 : 4

F = 2mg 4. For equilibrium NH4HS(s) NH3(g) + H2S(g)

KC = 1.8 × 10–4 at 298 K. The value of Kp at 298 K
is-
2g g 5g (A) 0.108 (B) 4.4 × 10–3
(A) 2g (B) (C) (D)
3 2 3 (C) 1.8 × 10–4 (D) 4.4 × 10–4

39. In hydraulic press radii of connecting pipes r1 and r2 5. Given that H2O (l) → H2O(g) ; ∆H = + 43.7 kJ
are in ratio 1 : 2. In order to lift a heavy mass M on H2O (s) → H2O (l) ; ∆H = + 6.05 kJ
larger piston, the small piston must be pressed ∆Hsublimation of ice is -
through a minimum force f equal to -
(A) 49.75 kJ mol–1 (B) 37.65 kJ mol–1
f –1
(C) 43.7 kJ mol (D) – 43.67 kJ mol–1
M
6. Which of the following is a Lewis base ?
(A) CO2 (B) BF3
(C) Al3+ (D) CH3NH2

7. The solubility product Ksp of sparingly soluble salt

Ag2CrO4 is 4 × 10–12. The solubility of the salt is -
(A) 1 × 10–12 M (B) 2 × 10–6 M
–6
(A) Mg (B) Mg/2 (C) 1 × 10 M (D) 1 × 10–4 M
(C) Mg/4 (D) Mg/8
8. Which of the following chemical reactions depicts
40. A uniform rod of length 2.0 m specific gravity the oxidising behaviour of H2SO4 ?
0.5 and mass 2 kg is hinged atone end to the bottom (A) 2HI + H2SO4 → I2 + SO2 + 2H2O
of a tank of water (specific gravity = 1.0) filled upto a (B) Ca(OH)2 + H2SO4 → CaSO4 + 2H2O
height of 1.0 m as shown in figure. Taking the case
(C) NaCl + H2SO4 → NaHSO4 + HCl
θ ≠ 0º the force exerted by the hinge on the rod is :
(g = 10 m/s2) – (D) 2PCl5 + H2SO4 → 2POCl3 + 2HCl + SO2Cl2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 83 MARCH 2010

9. Potassium has a bcc structure with nearest neighbour COONa
distance of 4.52 Å. If atomic mass of potassium is 3a,
its density is -
(B) ; SO3
(A) 454 kg m–3 (B) 804 kg m–3
–3
(C) 852 kg m (D) 900 kg m–3 CH3

10. If E 0Zn 2 + / Zn = – 0.763 V and E Cd

0
2+
/ Cd
= – 0.403 V, (C) ; SO3
the emf of the cell
Zn | Zn2+ ||Cd2+|Cd (a = 0.004), (a = 0.2) will be Br
given by - SO2 – O – C – CH3
0.059 0.004 O
(A) E = – 0.36 + log
2 2 (D) ; NaOH
0.059 0.04
(B) E = + 0.36 + log CH3
2 2
0.059 0.2 17. The product(s) obtained via oxymercuration
(C) E = – 0.36 + log (HgSO4 + H2SO4) of 1-butyne would be –
2 0.004
(A) CH3CH2COCH3
0.059 0.2 (B) CH3CH2CH2CHO
(D) E = + 0.36 + log
2 0.004 (C) CH3CH2CHO + HCHO
(D) CH3CH2COOH + HCOOH
11. The value of P° for benzene of certain temperature is
640 mm of Hg. The vapour pressure of solution 18. Acetophenone is prepared by the reaction of which of
containing 2.5 g of a certain substance ‘A’ in 39.0 g the following in the presence of AlCl3 catalyst –
of benzene is 600 mm of Hg. The molecular mass of (A) Phenol and acetic acid
A is - (B) Benzene and acetone
(A) 65.25 (B) 130 (C) 40 (D) 80 (C) Benzene and acetyl chloride
(D) Phenol and acetone
12. For adsorption, ∆H is - OCH3
(A) + ve (B) – ve
(C) zero (D) may + ve or –ve 1
.Br2 / NaOH
→
19.
2 − heat

13. A reaction which is of first order w.r.t. reactant A, CH3

has a rate constant 6 min–1. If we start with OCH3
OCH3
[A] = 0.5 mol L–1, when would [A] reach the value of
0.05 mol L–1 ? Br
(A) 0.384 min (B) 0.15 min (A) (B)
CH3
(C) 3 min (D) 3.84 min CH3 Br
OCH3 OCH3
14. The number of molecules present in 1 cm3 of water is Br
(density of H2O = 1 g cm–3)
(C) (D)
(A) 2.7 × 1018 (B) 3.3 × 1022
(C) 6.02 × 10 20
(D) 1000 Br CH3 CH3

15. CH3NH2 + CHCl3 + KOH → Nitrogen containing 20. Phenol NaNO / H 2SO 4
 2  → B 
H 2O
→ C NaOH
→ D
compound + KCl + H2O Name of the above reaction is –
Nitrogen containing compound is – (A) Libermann's reaction
(A) CH3 – C ≡ N (B) CH3 – NH – CH3 (B) Phthalein fusion test
(C) CH3 – Ν ≡ C+ (D) CH3 – N+ ≡ C– (C) Reimer-Tiemann reaction
16. 4-methyl benzene sulphonic acid react with sodium (D) Schotten-Baumann reaction
acetate to give –
CH3 CCl3

1 eqv. of Br / Fe
21.   2
→ A. Compound A is -
(A) ; CH3COOH

SO3Na

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 84 MARCH 2010

 CCl3
CCl3 27. The IUPAC name of the compound is –
(A) (B) Br (A) (2E, 4E)-2, 4-hexadiene
Br (B) (2Z, 4Z)-2, 4-hexadiene
(C) (2Z, 4E)-2, 4-hexadiene
CCl3
CCl3 (D) (2E, 4Z)-4, 2-hexadiene

(C) (D) 28. The brown ring test for NO −2 and NO 3− is due to the
formation of complex ion with the formula –
Br Br Br (A) [Fe(H2O)6]2+ (B) [Fe(NO)(CN)5]2+
2+
(C) [Fe(H2O)5NO] (D) [Fe(H2O) (NO)5]2+
22. In a reaction
Hypochlorous R 29. The correct order for the wavelength of absorption in
CH2 = CH2  → M → CH2 – OH
acid the visible region is –
CH2 – OH (A) [Ni (NO2)6]4– < [Ni(NH3)6]2+ < [Ni(H2O)6]2+
where M = molecule (B) [Ni (NO2)6]4– < [Ni(H2O)6]2+ < [Ni(NH3)6]2+
R = Reagent (C) [Ni(H2O)6]2+ < [Ni(NH3)6]2+ < [Ni (NO2)6]4–
M and R are (D) [Ni(NH3)6]2+ < [Ni(H2O)6]2+ < [Ni (NO2)6]4–
(A) CH3CH2Cl and NaOH
(B) CH2Cl – CH2OH and aq. NaHCO3 30. In nitroprusside ion,, the iron and NO exists as Fe (II)
(C) CH3CH2OH and HCl and NO+ rather than Fe(III) and NO these forms can
(D) CH2 = CH2 and heat be differentiated by –
(A) Estimating the concentration of iron
23. Which of the following will have least hindered (B) Measuring the concentration of CN–
rotation about carbon-carbon bond – (C) Measuring the solid state magnetic moment
(A) Ethane (B) Ethylene (D) Thermally decomposing the compound
(C) Acetylene (D) Hexachloroethane
31. Four reactions are given below
24. Which is least reactive towards nucleophilic I 2Li + 2H2O → 2LiOH + H2
substitution (SN2) II 2Na + 2H2O → 2NaOH + H2
(A) CH2 = CH2 – CH2 – Cl
CH3 III 2LiNO3 heat
→ 2LiNO2 + O2
(B) CH3 – C – Cl IV 2NaNO3 heat→ 2NaNO2 + O2
Which of the above if any is wrong
CH3
(A) IV (B) III
Cl
(C) (C) I (D) None of these

32. Name of the structure of silicates in which three

(D) CH3 – CH – CH3
oxygen atoms of [SiO4]4– are shared is –
Cl (A) Pyrosilicate
(B) Sheet silicate
25. Among the following the least stable reasonance (C) Linear chain silicate
structure is – (D) Three dimensional silicate
- - O - O 33. The metallic lusture exhibited by sodium is explained
-
-

(A) - N (B) - N by –
-

O- O- (A) Diffusion of sodium ions

- (B) Oscillation of loose electron
-
- O - O (C) Excitation of free protons
-
-

(C) N (D) - N
-

(D) Existence of body centred cubic lattice

O - O-

26. Homolytic fission of C–C bond in ethane gives an 34. Hydrogen is evolved by the action of cold dil. HNO3
intermediate in which carbon is - on –
(A) sp3 hybridised (B) sp2 hybridised (A) Fe (B) Mn
(C) sp hybridised (D) sp2d hybridised (C) Cu (D) Al

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 85 MARCH 2010

35. 'Lapis-Lazuli' is a blue coloured precious stone. It is 3. If the radius of a spherical balloon is measured with
mineral of the class – in 1 % the error (in percent) in the volume is –
(A) Sodium alumino silicate (A) 4 π r2 % (B) 3 %
(B) Zinc-cobaltate  88 
(C) Basic copper carbonate (C)   % (D) None
7
(D) Prussian blue
4. The relation R defined on the set A = {1, 2, 3} is
36. In which of the following arrangements the order is given by R = {(1, 1) (2, 2)} then number of correct
not according to the property indicating against it – choices from the following is -
(A) Al3+ < Mg2+ < Na+ < F– (increasing ionic size) (i) reflexive (ii) symmetric
(B) B < C < N < O (increasing first I.E.) (iii) Transitive (iv) anti symmetric
(C) I < Br < F < Cl (A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
(increasing electron gain enthalpy (–ve))
(D) Li < Na < K < Rb (increasing metallic radius) 5. Let U be the universal set and A ∪ B ∪ C = U then
{(A – B) ∪ (B – C) ∪ (C – A)}c =
37. Which set of hybridisation is correct for the (A) A ∩ (B ∩ C) (B) A ∩ (B ∪ C)
following compound (C) (A ∩ B ∩ C) (D) None of these
NO2, SF4, PF6−
(A) sp, sp2, sp3 (B) sp, sp3d, sp3d2 6. If A and B are square matrices of same size and
(C) sp2, sp3, d2sp3 (D) sp3, sp3d2, sp3d2 | B | ≠ 0 then (B–1 AB)4 =
(A) (B4)–1 AB4 (B) BA4B–1
–1 4
38. The increasing order of atomic radius for the (C) B A B (D) None of these
elements Na, Rb, K and Mg is –
(A) Mg < Na < K < Rb f ( x + α) f ( x + 2α) f ( x + 3α)
(B) K < Na < Mg < Rb 7. Let g(x) = f (α) f (2α) f (3α)
(C) Na < Mg < K < Rb f ' (α ) f ' (2α) f ' (3α)
(D) Rb < K < Mg < Na
g( x )
where α is a constant then lim =
39. Which of the following ion forms a hydroxide highly x →0 x
soluble in water – (A) 0 (B) 1 (C) –1 (D) None
(A) Ni2+ (B) K+
(C) Zn 2+
(D) Al3+ f 2d e 2a b e
8. If ∆1 = 2z 4x 2 y and ∆2 = 2d e f then
40. When CO2 is bubbled into an aqueous solution of e 2a b 4 x 2 y 2z
Na2CO3 the following is formed –
(A) NaOH (B) NaHCO3 ∆1/∆2 =
(C) H2O (D) OH– 1
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) (D) None
2

MATHEMATICS 9. The number of ways in which 20 one rupee coin can

be distributed among 5 people such that each person
gets at least 3 rupee is –
1. y = 2x2 – log | x | passes -
(A) 26 (B) 63 (C) 125 (D) None
(A) two minima & one maxima
(B) Two maxima and one minima 10. The total number of six digit number x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6
(C) Only two minima have the property that
(D) Only two maxima x1 < x2 ≤ x3 < x4 < x5 ≤ x6 is equal to –
(A) 10C6 (B) 12C6 (C) 11C6 (D) None
2. The function f(x) = 1 + x sin x [cos x],
π  a 2 a 4 
0<x≤ [ . ] = G.I.F. 11. 2 1 + + + .... ; a = logen is equal to –
2 4
 2 
(A) is continuous on (0, π/2)
(B) is strictly decreasing in (0, π/2) (n − 1) n 2 −1 n +1 n2 +1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(C) is strictly increasing in (0, π/2) n n n n
(D) has global maximum value 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 86 MARCH 2010

 18
 2
12. The term independent of x in  x −  is –
x
22. ∫ sin 2 x dx =
 (A) – cos x + C (B) cos x + C
18 6 18 12
(A) C62 (B) C122 (C) – cos x sgn sin x+C (D) None of these
(C) 18C828 (D) None of these
f ( x )φ' ( x ) − f ' ( x )φ( x ) φ( x )
∫
2 3
2 1 2.5  1  2 .5 .8  1  23. log dx =
13. 1 + . +   +   +.. ..= f (x ) φ (x ) f (x)
3 2 3. 5  2  3 .6 .9  2 
2
(A) 21/3 (B) 31/4 (C) 41/3 (D) 31/3 φ( x ) 1   φ( x ) 
(A) log +C (B) log  + C
f (x) 2   f ( x ) 
14. If ω is imaginary cube root of unity then
φ( x ) φ( x )
arg(iω) + arg (iω2) (C) log + C (D) None of these
f (x) f (x)
(A) 0 (B) π/2 (C) π (D) None
n 24. Segment of the tangent to the curve xy = c2 at the
1
15. ∑
r =1
log 2 r 4
is equal to – point (x′, y′) which is contained between the co-
ordinate axes is bisected at the point –
n (n + 1) n (n + 1) (A) (–x′, y′) (B) (y′, x′)
(A) (B)
4 2  x ' y ' 
(C)  ,  (D) None of these
(C) n(n + 1) (D) None of these 2 2

16. If a1, a2, . . . . a15 are in A.P. and a1 + a8 + a15 = 15 25. There is a point P(a, a, a) on the line passing through
then a2 + a3 + a8 + a13 + a14 = the origin and equally inclined with axes the equation
(A) 15 (B) 10 (C) 25 (D) None of the plane perpendicular to OP and passing through
P cuts the intercepts on axes the sum of whose
reciprocals is –
17. Let a, b, c be positive real numbers, such that
(A) a (B) 3/2a (C) 3a/2 (D) 1/a
bx2 + (a + c) 2 + 4b 2 x + (a + c) ≥ 0 ∀ x ∈ R then a, r r
b, c are in – 26. If a = pî + 5 ĵ + 17k̂ and b = 2 q î + 13 ĵ + k̂ have
(A) G.P. (B) A.P. (C) H.P. (D) None equal magnitude and p, q are positive integer ∈ [1,
1000] then the total number of ordered pair (p, q) is –
18. If a1 < a2 < a3 < a4 < a5 < a6 then the equation (x – a1) (A) 33 (B) 32 (C) 31 (D) None
(x – a3) (x – a5) + 2(x – a2) (x – a4) (x – a6) = 0 has – r r r r r r r r r
(A) Four real roots (B) One real root 27. If a , b , c be such that | a + b + c | = 1, c = λa × b
r 1 r 1 r 1
(C) One real root in each interval (a1, a2), (a3, a4) and and | a | = , |b| = , |c | = then the angle
(a5, a6) 2 3 6
(D) None of these r r
between a and b is-
19. Solution of the differential equation (A) π/6 (B) π/4 (C) π/3 (D) π/2
xdx + zdy + (y + 2z)dz = 0 is –
(A) x2 + 2yz + 2z2 = c (B) x2 + yz + z2 = c x2 y2
28. The equation + = 1 will represent an
(c) x2 + 2yz + z2 = c (D) None of these 8−a a−2
ellipse if –
20. The slope of the tangent to the curve y = f(x) at (x, (A) a ∈ (1, 4) (B) a ∈ (– ∞, 2) ∪ (8, ∞)
f(x)) is (2x + 1). If the curve passes through the point (C) a ∈ (2, 8) (D) None of these
(1, 2), then the area bounded by the curve, x-axis and
the lines x = 1, x = 0 is – 29. Angle between the tangent drawn to y2 = 4x at the
(A) 5/6 (B) 6/5 (C) 6 (D) 1 point where it is intersected by line
y = x – 1 is –
21. The maximum area of a rectangle whose two (A) π/6 (B) π/3 (C) π/4 (D) π/2
consecutive vertices lie on the x-axis and another two
lie on the curve 30. Consider four circles (x ± 1)2 + (y ± 1)2 = 1 equation
y = e–|x| is equal to – of smaller circle touching these four circles is –
(A) 2e (B) 2/e (C) e (D) 1/e (A) x2 + y2 = 3 – 2 (B) x2 + y2 = 6 – 3 2
(C) x2 + y2 = 5 – 2 2 (D) x2 + y2 = 3 – 2 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 87 MARCH 2010

31. If the point P(a, a2) lies completely inside the triangle | x |
formed by the lines x = 0, y = 0 and x + y = 2 then 39. The domain and range of f(x) = cos–1 log [ x ]  .
exhaustive range of 'a' is –  x 
Where [.] denotes the greatest integer function
(A) a ∈ (0, 1) (B) a ∈ (1, 2)
respectively –
(C) a ∈ ( 2 – 1, 2 ) (D) a ∈ ( 2 – 1, 1) π π
(A) [ 1, ∞), [0, ] (B) [2, ∞), [0, ]
2 2
32. The distance between the orthocentre and the
π
circumcentre of the triangle with vertices (0, 0) (0, a) (C) [2, ∞), { } (D) [1, ∞), {0}
and (b, 0) is – 2
1 2
(A) (a + b 2 ) (B) a + b 40. The graph of the function y = f(x) has a unique
2 tangent not parallel to x-axis at the point (a, 0)
a 2 + b2 through which the graph passes, then
(C) a – b (D) log e {1 + 6f ( x )}
2 lim is –
x →a 3f ( x )
33. If the sides of a ∆ are 3 : 7 : 8 then R : r is equal to – (A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 2 (D) None
(A) 2 : 7 (B) 7 : 2
(C) 3 : 7 (D) None x 2 − 9 x + 20 x 2 − 9 x + 20
41. If P = lim+ – lim– and
x →5 x − [x] x →4 x − [x]
34. The equation sin x (sin x + cos x) = K has real
solution then K belongs to – x 2 − 9 x + 20 x 2 − 9 x + 20
Q = lim+ – lim−
 1+ 2  x →4 x − [x] x →5 x − [x]
(A)  0,  (B) (2 – 3,2+ 3) P
 2  [.] = G.I.F. then =
 
Q
1− 2 1+ 2  (A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) None
(C) (0, 2 3 ) (D)  , 
 2 2 
 
[ x 2 ] − 1
x π  ; x2 ≠ 1
35. The function f(x) = , (0, ) has – 42. Let f(x) =  x 2 − 1 then at x = 1, f(x) is –
1 + x tan x 2  0 ; x 2
= 1

(A) One point of minimum
(A) Differentiable
(B) One point of maximum
(B) Discontinuous
(C) No extreme point
(C) Continuous not differentiable
(D) Two point of maximum
(D) None of these
36. If solution of the equation 1
π 43. If (a + bx)ey/x = x then (xy1 – y)2 =
2 2
3cos θ – 2 3 sinθ cosθ – 3 sin θ = 0 are nπ + and y2
r
(Α) x3 (B) 3x2 (C) 1/x3 (D) None
π
nπ + then | r – s | =
s
44. If f(x) is continuous function such that
(A) 3 (B) 9 n +1 3
(C) 7 (D) 1
∫ f (x )dx = n ∫ f (x)dx =
3
n ∈ Z then
n −2
n π
37. If cot–1 > , n ∈ N then maximum value of n = (A) 16 (B) 0 (C) 2 (D) None
π 6
(A) 6 (B) 5 1
(C) 4 (D) 3 45. If x2f(x) + f   = 2 for all x except at x = 0 then
x
38. Period of the function f(x) = sin 3π{x} + tan π [x] 3
where [.] and {.} denote the integral part and
fractional part respectively, is given by –
∫ f (x)dx =
1/ 3
(A) 1 (B) 2 (A) 4/3 (B) 8/3
(C) 3 (D) π (C) 1/3 (D) None

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 88 MARCH 2010

 LOGICAL REASONING
1. Fill in the blank spaces ?
6, 13, 28, . ?. . .
(A) 56 (B) 57 (C) 58 (D) 59 (A) (B) (C) (D)

2. Choose the best alternative

Car : Petrol : : T.V. : ? 8. Directions : The questions that follow contain a set
(A) Electricity (B) Transmission of three figure X, Y and Z showing a sequence of
(C) Entertainment (D) Antenna folding of piece of paper. Fig. (Z) shows the manner
in which the folded paper has been cut. These three
3. Pick the odd one out – figure are followed by four answer figure from which
(A) Titan (B) Mercury you have to choose a figure which would most
(C) Earth (D) Jupiter closely resemble the unfolded form of
figure. (Z)
4. Direction : In questions, find out which of the
figures (A), (B), (C) and (D) can be formed from the
pieces given in (x).
X Y Z

(A) (B) (C) (D)

(x)
A B C D
(A) (B) (C) (D)
9. Direction : In following questions, complete the
missing portion of the given pattern by selecting from
5. Directions : In question, choose the set of figures the given alternatives (A), (B), (C) and (D).
which follows the given rule. ?
Rule : Closed figures become more and more open
and open figures more and more closed.

(A) (X)

(B) (A) (B) (C) (D)

(C)
10. Directions : In question below, you are given a
(D) figure (x) followed by four figures (A), (B), (C) and
(D) such that (X) is embedded in one of them. Trace
out the correct alternative.
6. Directions : In question below, you are given a
figure (X) followed by four figures (A), (B), (C) and
(D) such that (X) is embedded in one of them. Trace
out the correct alternative.
(X)

(x) (A) (B)

(A) (B) (C) (D)

(C) (D)
7. Directions : In following question, find out which of
the answer figures (A), (B), (C) and (D) completes
the figure – matrix ?

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 89 MARCH 2010

 (A) Only 1 is correct
ENGLISH (B) Only 2 is correct
(C) Both the sentences 1 & 2 are correct
1. Find the correctly spelt word – (D) Both the sentences 1 & 2 are incorrect
(A) Geraff (B) Giraffe
(C) Giraf (D) Gerraffe 10. Which one of the two sentences given below is
wrong on the basis of the underlined words :
2. Find out that word where the spelling is wrong – 1. He is a very "ingenuous" businessman.
(A) Puncture (B) Puntuation 2. I like him for his "Ingenious" nature.
(C) Pudding (D) Pungent (A) Sentence 1 is correct
(B) Sentence 2 is correct
3. Pick up the correct synonym for the following words (C) Both the sentences can be made correct by
interchanging the underlined words.
Plush :
(D) Both the sentences can not be interchanged hence,
(A) Luxurious (B) Delicious
both are wrong.
(C) Comforting (D) Tasty
11. Choose from the given words below the two
4. Choose the alternative which can replace the word sentences, that word which has the same meaning and
printed in underline without changing the meaning of can be used in the same context as the part given
the sentence. underlined in both the sentences :
When he returned, he was accompanied by 'sprightly' 1. His "aloof" behaviour is an indication of his
young girl. arrogance.
(A) Lively (B) Beautiful 2. During our field visits we visited "remote" parts of
(C) Sportive (D) Intelligent Rajasthan.
(A) Far-off (B) Introvert
5. Choose one alternative which is opposite in meaning (C) Distant (D) Depressed
to the given word :
Astute : 12. Find out which part of the sentence has an error. If
(A) Wicked (B) Impolite there is no mistake, the answer is 'No error'.
(C) Cowardly (D) Foolish " Meatless days" / have been made / into a film / No Error
(a ) ( b) (c) (d)
6. Choose the word which is closest to the 'opposite' in (A) Meatless days (B) have been made
meaning of the underlined word (C) into a film (D) No Error
Many snakes are 'innocuous' :
(A) Deadly (B) Ferocious 13. Which part of the following sentence has an error ? If
(C) Poisonous (D) Harmful the sentence is correct, the answer will be 'No Error".
Looking forward / to / meet you here / No Error
7. Choose the one which can be substituted for the (a ) ( b) ( c) (d )
given words/sentences : (A) looking forward (B) to
Giving undue favours to one's kith and kin' (C) meet you here (D) No error
(A) Corruption (B) Worldliness
(C) Favouritism (D) Nepotism 14. Choose the one which best expresses the meaning of
the given Idiom/Proverb :
8. Find out which one of the words given below the The 'pros and cons'
sentence can most appropriately replace the group of (A) Good and Evil
words underlined in the sentence : (B) Former and Latter
The bus has to "go back and forth" every six hours. (C) For and Against a thing
(A) Cross (B) Shuttle (D) Foul and Fair
(C) Travel (D) Run
15. Replace the underlined word with one of the given
9. Read both the sentences carefully and decide on their options :
correctness on the basis of the underlined words : The Second World War started in 1939.
1. I am out of practise these days (A) Broke out (B) Set out
2. I practice law (C) Took out (D) Went out

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 90 MARCH 2010

 SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST
IIT-JEE (PAPER - I)
10.[A,C,D]
CHEMISTRY CO2Et CO2H
H O+
C–CH3 3→ CH3 →
∆
1 1 1  O O
1.[D] For He+, = RH × Z2  − 2  = 4RH
λ1 1 ∞  O
1 COONa
or, = x = λ1 → I2
4R H NaOH + CHI3
1  1 1  B will give +ve iodoform test.
∴ For Li+2 = RH × z2  2 − 
λ2  (2) (∞ ) 2  11.[A,B,C,D]
1 9R H 4 16 x ' v' 28
= ; λ2 = = Å M= = = 2.5
λ2 4 9R H 9 11.2 11.2
∴ 1 L contain 2.5 moles of H2O2
2.[B] I – maximum H-bonding Mass of H2O2 = 2.5 × 34 = 85g
III – H-bonding wt. of 1L solution = 265 gL–1
IV – More electronegative oxygen ∴ WH 2O = 265 – 85 = 180 g
II – Spherical Hydrocarbon part 180
∴ moles of H2O = = 10
3.[D] 18
4.[B] Silicon contains Si – C bond. 1000
∴ molality 'm' = 2.5 × = 13.88
180
Cα.Cα n H 2O 2
5.[B] K= , Q Fe+3 = 0.1 2.5
C(1 − α) mole fraction, X H 2O2 = = = 0.2
nT 12.5
Solving the quadratic equation for
α = a = 0.095 w 2.5 × 34
% = × 100 = 8.5
∴ H+ = Cα = 0.1 × 0.095 = 0.0095 v 1000
∴ pH = 2.02 12.[A,B,C,D]
n2 z2
60 (A) rα (B) P.E α – 2
6.[C] VC = = 75 cm3 mol–1 z n
0.80
z2 z
V 75 (C) K.E α (D) v α
Qb= C = cm3mol–1 = 0.025L mol–1 n2 n
3 3
8a T .27 Rb 13.[B] Also, pH = pKIn ± 1
∴ TC = ⇒a= C = 3.375
27 Rb 8 or, pKIn + 1 = 6 and pKIn– 1 = 4
∴ pKIn = 5 ⇒ KIn = 10–5
7.[D] Due to dipole-dipole interaction ICl has stronger
intermolecular force of attraction. 14.[C] At VNaOH = 0, pH = 3 ⇒ H+ = 0.001
0.001α
8.[B] Since the nucleophile is weaker and solvent is ∴ ka = = 10–5
1− α
highly polar therefore reaction proceed through ⇒ α = 0.01 ⇒ c = 0.1
carbocation intermediate
n 5
Now, C = HB or 0.1 = Q v = 50 mL
9.[A,B,D] v v
Except m mol of HB 5
CuFeS2 + O2 → Cu2S + 2FeS + SO2 ∴ [NaB] = = = 0.05
Total volume 100
all the reactions are occurring in Bessemer's
converter 1
∴ pH = [pKw + pKa + log C] = 8.85
2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 91 MARCH 2010

15.[A] Since pH corresponding to steepest point is > 8 | (a 1 − a 2 ).b1 × b 2 |
∴ most suitable indicator would be phenolphthalein | b1 × b 2 |
16.[B] R D S is the step in which intermediate So the shortest distance between the given lines is
carbocation intermediate is formed zero if
(i – j – (2i – j) . (2i + k) × (i + j – k) = 0
Me O
+ −1 0 0
17.[B] C=N H→ Ph– C – NHCH3
pH L.H.S. = 2 0 1 = 1 ≠ 0
OH
+ 1 1 −1
H
3O
→ PhCOOH + CH3NH2
Hence the given lines do not intersect.
O
3.[B] Equation of a plane passing through the line of
18.[C] Ph – C – – CH3 NH OH
 2
→ intersection of the given planes is
Ph Ph 2x – y + 3z + 5 + λ (5x – 4y – 2z + 1) = 0
OH
C=N or C=N or (2 + 5λ)x – (1 + 4λ)y + (3 – 2λ)z + 5 + λ = 0
This will be perpendicular to the plane
OH
2x – y + 3z + 5 = 0
CH3 CH3 if 2(2 + 5λ) + (1 + 4λ) + 3(3 – 2λ) = 0
⇒ λ = –7/4 and the required equation of the plane is
PCl5 ∆ PCl5 ∆
4(2x – y + 3z + 5) – 7(5x – 4y – 2z + 1) = 0
O O ⇒ 27x – 24y – 26z – 13 = 0
Ph – C – NH – – CH3 CH3 – –C–NH – Ph 4.[B] Equation of the tangents at P(x1, y1) to the
parabola y2 = 4ax is yy1 = 2a(x + x1)
Column Matching or 2ax – y1y + 2ax1 = 0 ….(i)
19. [A] → r,t; [B] → s; [C] → p; [D] → r,t If M(h, k) is the mid-point of QR, then equation
Stereoisomers Optical Meso of QR a chord of the parabola y2 = 4a(x + b) in
(A) 4 4 0 term of its mid-point is ky – 2a (x + h) – 4ab
(B) 2 0 0 = k2 – 4a (h + b) (using T = S ′ )
(C) 10 8 2 or 2ax – ky + k2 – 2ah = 0 …...(ii)
(D) 4 4 0 Since (i) and (ii) represent the same line, we have
2a y 2ax
20. [A] → r; [B] → p,s; [C] → q; [D] → t = 1 = 2 1
2a k k − 2ah
A → r — sp2
⇒ k = y1 and k2 – 2ah = 2ax1
B → p,s — sp3
C → q — sp3d3 ⇒ y12 – 2ah = 2ax1 ⇒ 4ax1 – 2ax1 = 2ah
D → t — sp3d2 ⇒ h = x1
5.[B] 6x2 – xy – 12y2 = 0
MATHEMATICS ⇒ (2x – 3y) (3x + 4y) = 0 ….(i)
and 15x2 + 14xy – 8y2 = 0
1.[A] The point x = 1 is a discontinuity of the function ⇒ (5x – 2y) (3x + 4y) = 0 ….(ii)
f(x) = 1/(1 – x). If x ≠ 1, then Equation of the line common to (i) and (ii) is
x −1 3x + 4y = 0
u(x) = f(f(x)) = . Hence x = 0 is a point of Equation of any line parallel to (ii) is
x
discontinuity of the function u. If x ≠ 0, and x y
3x + 4y = k or + =1
x ≠ 1, then fofof(x) = x. k/3 k/4
Hence y = f 3n(x) = (f 3(x)n) = x is continuous k k
everywhere. Therefore, 0 and 1 are the only If + = 7, then k = 12 and the equation of
3 4
points of discontinuities of y. the required line is 3x + 4y = 12
2.[D] The given lines intersect, if the shortest distance 6.[B] The given equation is equivalent to
between the lines is zero.
2 sin2 ((π/2) cos2 x ) = 2 sin2 ((π/2) sin 2x)
We know that the shortest distance between the
r ⇒ cos2 x = sin 2x
lines r = a1 + (λ b1 ) and r = a2 + λb2 is
⇒ cos x (cos x – 2 sin x) = 0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 92 MARCH 2010

 ⇒ 1 – 2 tan x = 0 as cos x ≠ 0, x ≠ (2n + 1)π/2 lim f ( x ) = lim (3x2 + 12x – 1)
x →2− x → 2−
⇒ tan x = 1/2
= 3 × 4 + 12 × 2 – 1 = 35.
1 − tan 2 x 3 Thus, f is continuous at x = 2 as well. Now
⇒ cos 2x = =
1 + tan 2 x 5 f (2 + h ) − f (2)
f ′( 2+) = lim
h →0 + h
3 tan α − tan 3 α
7.[B] tan 3 α cot α = 37 − (2 + h ) − 35
tan α(1 − 3 tan 2 α ) = lim = −1
h →0 − h
3 − tan 2 α Similarly f ′(2–) = 24 ≠ f ′(2 +)
= = x (say) As f increases on [–1, 2] and decreases on [2, 3]
1 − 3 tan 2 α
so f has a maximum at x = 2.
x −3 (3x − 1)( x − 3)
⇒ tan2 α = =
3x − 1 (3x − 1) 2 12.[B,C] Differentiating the equation of curve xy = 1,
dy dy
Since tan2 α is non-negative, either x < 1/3 or we have x +y=0 ⇒ = – y/x
x ≥ 3, so x cannot lie between 1/3 and 3. dx dx
Hence the slope of normal = x/y. Morever the
8.[D] Let X denote the largest number on the n tickets slope of the line ax + by + c = 0 is –a/b. So we
drawn. We have have x/y = –a/b, i.e., bx + ay = 0 solving this with
n n xy = 1, we have x2 = –a/b. So we must have
k  k −1  a/b < 0, i.e., a > 0, b < 0 or a < 0, b > 0.
P(X ≤ k) =   and P(X ≤ k – 1) =  
N
   N 
13. [C] Each team will play 7 matches and so any team
n n
k  k −1  can win any no. of matches between 0 to 7.
Thus P(X = k) =   –   0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 Four team will be selected
N  N 
(7, 6, 5, 4).
9.[A,C] Rewriting the given equation as Thus, team which win only 3 matches will be out
dy dy 1 1 of the first round.
2xy – y2 = 1 + x2 ⇒ 2y – y2 = + x.
dx dx x x 14. [A] And from the above question minimum number
du 1 1 of matches that a team must win in order to
Putting y2 = u. We have – u= + x. qualify for second round is 4 matches.
dx x x
The I.F. of this equation is 1/x, so 15. [B] In second round it has to win one match. Then
1  1  1 one in semi final and one final.
u.
x x∫
=  2 + 1 dx = – + x + C
 x 16.[C] R =
a
⇒ sin A =
5 3
= ,
⇒ y2 = (x2 – 1) + Cx. Since y(1) = 1 so C = 1, 2 sin A 2 × 25 / 6 5
hence y2 = x(1 + x) –1 which represents a a = 5, b = 8, R = 25/6 ∴ cos A = 4/5 or – 4/5
system of hyperbola. b2 + c2 − a 2 4 64 + c 2 − 25
∴ cos A = ;∴ =
4 3 4 2bc 5 2×8× c
10.[B,C,D] ∫ | x − 3 | dx = ∫ | x − 3 | dx + ∫ | x − 3 | dx  4 
cos A = − does not give any solutions 
1 1 3
 5 
3 4
⇒ c2 – 64c + 195 = 0 ⇒ c = 5, 7.8.
∫
1
∫
= − ( x − 3) + ( x − 3) dx
3
17.[A] a cos A + b cos B + c cos C
= 2R sin A cos A + 2R sin B cos B + 2R sin C cos C
x 2  3  x2  4 = R {sin 2A + sin 2B + sin 2C}= 4R sin A sin B sin C
= − − 3x  + − 3x 
 2  1  2  3 18. [A] 8R2 = a2 + b2 + c2
   
= 2 + 1/2 = 5/2 ⇒ 8R2 = 4R2 sin2A + 4R2sin2B + 4 sin2C
Thus 2A + B = 5/2. The values in (B), (C), (D) 1 − cos 2A 1 − cos 2B 1 − cos 2C
⇒2= + +
satisfy this equation. 2 2 2
11.[A, B, C, D] ⇒ cos 2A + cos 2B + cos 2C + 1 = 0
For x ∈ [–1, 2), f ′(x) = 6x + 12 > 0 on (–1, 2), so ⇒ –1 – 4 cos A cos B cos C + 1 = 0
f increases on [–1, 2]. f is trivally continuous on ⇒ cos A. cos B. cos C = 0
[–1, 3] except possibly x = 2. At point x = 2. π π π
⇒A= or B = or C =
f(2) = 35 and 2 2 2
lim f ( x ) = lim (37 − x ) = 35, 19. (A) → p,q,r,t; (B) → s; (C) → q,t; (D) → p,q,r,t
x →2+ x →2+

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 93 MARCH 2010

20. (A) → p,q,r,s,t; (B) → r,t; (C) → q; (D) → q,s E1 E1
− = 1.224 eV … (2)
(A) Let f(x) = ax3 + bx + c ⇒ f ′(x) = 3ax2 + b > 0 ∀ x n2 (n − 1) 2
∴ f(x) increases for all x.
Solving (1) and (2) E1 = – 54.4 eV
(B) f(x) = 3ax2 + 4bx + c then f(x) has same sign for
all x. 13.6Z 2
E1 = −
Q f(0) = c > 0 ⇒ f(x) > 0; ∀ x ∈ R, thus f(–1) > 0 12
(C) If f(x) = ax2 + bx + c, then af(–2) < 0
Z=2
(D) If f(x) = ax2 + bx + c then af(–2) < 0, and
af(–1/2) < 0 and af (–1) < 0
5.[B]

PHYSICS f =20 f =10

1.[C] Net force on m3 = (30) 2 + (40) 2 = 50 N

O C I1
and limiting friction on m3 = µm3g = 60 N
∴ System remain in equilibrium and friction on
m3 = 50 N 2f =20

2.[D] 5
y For lens f = –20, u = ?, v = – (20 – 5) = – 15
N
1 1 1
= –
x − 20 − 15 u
θ
mg sin θ mg cos θ
1 1 1
= −
u 20 15
ma = – mg sin θ u = – 60
a = – g sin θ or a = – g tan θ … (1)
(as θ is small) 6.[B]
Now,
x2 = 4ay
dy x A
∴ =
dx 2a
x
∴ a=–g
2a Equivalent circuit
gx ε
– ω2x = – 2R R
2a
g
ω= R R
2a

ε0A ⇓
3.[C] C= , where x is separation between plates
x
i
1 dC 1 dA 1 dx Req
= – ε
C dT A dT x dT
dC 1 dx 1 dA 2R R
for = 0, = ⇒ αS = 2α Req = +
dT x dT A dT 3 2

4.[C] Maximum energy is liberated for transition 7R

=
En → 1 and minimum energy for En → En–1 6
E ε
Hence , 21 − E1 = 52.224 eV … (1) i=
n R eq

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 94 MARCH 2010

 i=
6ε ⇒ v = v0/2
7R v = velocity of wedge after collision.
v / 2. cos 45° + v 0 / 2 sin 45°
∴e= 0 =1
Req v 0 sin 45°
Impulse on wedge due to ball = Impulse on ball
due to wedge = change in momentum of ball.
⇓ m 2 v 02
6ε = m 2 v 02 +
4
7R
pf
2ε
5
7R = mv0 pi
2R R 2
B 3ε A A p i = mv 0
ε pf =
mv0
7R 2
R
Using Kirchoff's first law current through Impulse on wedge due to surface
3ε 2ε ε = Change in momentum of ball + wedge system
AB = − = mv 0
7R 7R 7R =
2
2h 2×5 11.[A,C]
7.[C] R= u = 12 = 12 m
g 10 P
2 2
∴ Distance from origin = 5 + (12) = 13 m
S1
8.[B] θ
2λ

×
π/2 S2
B π
π 2π
δ= – (2λ sin θ)
2B 2 λ
πm πm πm π
Time = + = ⇒ δ = – 4π sin θ
2qB 2qB qB 2
9.[A,B,D] At a distance h above the sheet For maxima, δ = nπ
−σ ρD ρD − σ where n = 0, ± 1, ± 2 . . .
E = Esheet + Eslab = + = π
2ε 0 2ε 0 2ε 0 – 4π sin θ = nπ
2
At a distance h below the top surface of slab Eslab
1
ρ(D − 2h ) −n
= sin θ = 2
2ε 0 4
σ ρ(D − 2h ) σ + ρ(D − 2h ) 1
E = Esheet + Eslab= + = n = 0, sin θ =
2ε 0 2ε 0 2ε 0 8
At a distance h below the bottom surface of the 1 3
n = ± 1, sin θ = − , +
−σ ρD ρD − σ 8 8
slab = + =
2ε 0 2ε 0 2ε 0 3 5
n = ± 2, sin θ = − ,
8 8
10.[A,C,D]
v0/2 5 7
n = ± 3, sin θ = − ,
8 8
7
v0/2
v0
45° n = 4, sin θ = −
m 8
v
v 2m 45°  v 
45° 12.[B,C] fap. =  f real , when source is moving
Momentum of ball + wedge system is conserved  v − vS 
in horizontal direction towards observer

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 95 MARCH 2010

  v   3.016049 
and fap =  f real , when source is moving Kth = (4.033 MeV) 1 + 
 v + vS   1.007825 
away from observer = 16.10 MeV
and fbeat = f1 ~ f2
18.[C] Above calculations shown that, less energy is
Passage # 1 (Q. 13 to 15) required for a nuclear reaction if a light particle is
13.[A] incident on a heavy target than if a heavy particle
is incident on a light target.
l
b
Column Matching :

a 19. [A] → r,; [B] → q; [C] → p; [D] → p

3
(A) Velocity of fish in air = 8 × = 6 ↑
× × × × × 4
B = µ0J Velocity of fish w.r.t. bird = 6 + 6 = 12 ↑
. . . . . (B) Velocity of image of fish after reflection from
3
Flux = B × Area mirror in air = 8× = 6 ↓
4
= µ0J × l × a w.r.t. bird = – 6 + 6 = 0
µ i×l×a 4
φ= 0 (C) Velocity of bird as seen from water = 6 × = 8 ↓
b 3
φ = Li w.r.t. fish = 8 + 8 = 16 ↓
φ µ la (D) Velocity of bird in water after reflection from
L= = 0 mirror = 8 ↓
i b
w.r.t. fish = 8 – 8 = 0
di
14.[A] Vx = L i = Li 20. [A] → p,s; [B] → p; [C] → q,r; [D] → q,r
dt
Using kirchoff 's law 4πρG
(A) E = (R/2) : r ≤ R
di 3
V0 – L = 0 [ρ = density ,
dt
R = Radius of bigger sphere]
Vt
i= 0 GM
L = 2 : r >R
r
µ xa
L1 = 0 2πGρ  3R 2 
b |V| =  − ( r − R / 2) 2  : r ≤ R
µ 0 xa di µ 0 xa V0 3  4 
Vx = × = ×
b dt b L GM
= :r >R
15.[B] Energy flow rate = Vx × i r
µ xaV0 V0 t (B) E = 2πGρ . (R/2) :r≤R
= 0 ×
bL L 2πGρR 2
= :r>R
µ 0 xaV02 t r
= r
bL2 (C) E = GM
(R + r 2 ) 3/2
2
Passage # 2 (Q. 16 to 18)
GM
16.[A] When protons are incident on 13 H V=
(R 2 + r 2 )1/2
X = 11 H ; X = 13 H r
(D) E = G.3m 2
 1.007825  R
Kth = 4.033 MeV 1 +  ( + r 2 ) 3/2
 3.016049  3
= 5.381 MeV G.3m
V= 2
R
17.[C] When 13 H is incident on protons ; ( + r 2 )1/2
3
x = 13 H ; X = 11 H

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 96 MARCH 2010

 SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST
PAPER
IIT-JEE - II - II)
(PAPER
When t = 0 the [A] = [A0]
CHEMISTRY So C = – 2[A0]1/2
2
∴ k = ([A]1/2 – [A]1/2)
1.[C] 3Cu(s) + 8H+ +2 NO 3− → 3Cu+2 + 2NO + 4H2O t
Cu(s) + 4H+ + 2 NO 3− → Cu+2 + 2NO2 + 2H2O kt
After rearrangement [A]1/2 = – + [A0]1/2
Let concentration of HNO3 is x, then 2
[H+] = [ NO 3− ] = x y = mx + C
So graph will be
The tendency for the reduction of NO 3− to NO Slope = –k/2
and NO2 will be same and at that stage, Ecell must [A]1/2
have same value
[A0]1/2
∴ E NO − / NO – E Cu +2 / cu = E NO − / NO − – E Cu +2 / Cu
3 3 2

or E NO − / NO = E NO − / NO t
3 3 2
[A 0 ] 2 ( 2 − 1) [A 0 ]
0.0591 10 –3 t¾= and t ½ =
or 0.96 – log 5 k k
3 x
0.0591 10 –3 6.[A,B,C]
= 0.79 – log 3
1 x On heating one molecule of carbon dioxide comes
∴ log x = 0.656 ≈ 0.66 ; ∴ x = 100.66 out.
Ph
H Me
O ∆
δ–
HO2C CO2H →
− CO 2
2.[B] Mg
→ H Me
Et 2O + CH3
Br δ+MgBr Ph
Ph Ph
H Me H Me
OH
→ H CO2H HO2C H
CH3 H Me H Me
Ph Ph
[A] [B]
3.[C] Br– Changes to Br2 Both have plane of symmetry
4.[C] Diazo coupling reaction is an ES reaction in hence optically inactive
which electrophile is diazo component. Greater 7.[A,B,C,D]
electro philicity of diazo group makes it more
reactive 8.[A,B,C]
EWG ERG (A) 100 mg of CaCO3 in 1000 ml = 100 g CaCO3 in
NO2– , CH3–, CH3O–, Me2N– 106 ml = 100 ppm
(B) 120 mg of MgSO4 in 103 ml = 120 g MgSO4 in
5.[A,B,C,D] 106 ml = 100 g CaCO3 in 106ml = 100 ppm
d[A] (C) 84 mg of MgCO3 in 103 ml = 84 g MgCO3 in
– = kdt 106 ml = 100 g CaCO3 in 106ml = 100 ppm
[A]1/ 2
(D) 111 g of CaCl2 in 103 ml = 100 × 103 g of CaCO3
Integrating both sides, we get in 106 ml = 100000 ppm
–2[A]1/2 = kt + C

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 97 MARCH 2010

9.[D] Neighbouring group participation occurs through Reaction at C–2 and C–3 it self cause racemization
two consecutive SN2 substitution with inversion in addition to that these are diastereotopic faces so
of configuration, thus the net result is retention of diastereomers form (4)
configuration. Reaction at C–3 (1)
Column Matching : Reaction at C–6 (1)
10. (A) → q ; (B) → p,r ; (C) → p,s ; (D) → p,s Total isomers are (8)
* For exothermic reaction, ∆H = –ve, ↑ in T backward
whereas for endothermic, ↑ in T forward. 14. [4]
* Reactions for which ∆ng = 0, pressure has no effect 0.25 × 89600
89600g haemoglobin = = 224 g Fe
11. (A) → r ; (B) → q ; (C) → p ; (D) → s 100
– 224
Ph–CH–CH3 EtO  → Ph – CH = CH2 (E2) No. of Fe = =4
∆ 56
Br
Me Me 15. [3]
Me Me xA = 0.70 and yA = 0.35
CH–C–Br   EtOH
→ –C ⊕
Εt Εt E1 p = 600 Torr
Εt Εt y p 0.35 × 600
Me p ºA = A = = 300 Torr
Me xA 0.70
Εt Εt 16. [1]
O– H 27 – (–x) + 8 = 36
x + 35 = 36
Ph–N+–CH2–CH2 CH2 = CH2
Ei x = 36 – 35 = 1
CH3 17. [6]
OH O
– 18. [6]
CH3–C–CH3 EtO  → CH3–C–CH3 nCV (T2 – T1) = – Popp (V2 – V1)
E1CB
CN Popp = P2
Numerical Response type questions : 3  nRT2 nR (300) 
12. [4] n R (T2 – 300) = –2  − 
2  2 1 
Volume of both AgNO3 & HCN are equal so
concentration is halved. 3 (T − 600)
(T2 – 300) = –2 2
[AgNO3] = [HCN] = 0.01M 2 2
HCN(aq) H+(aq)+CN–(aq); Ka = 4×10–10 …(i) 5T2 = 2100
+ –
Ag (aq) + CN (aq) AgCN(s); T2 = 420 K
1 1 ∆U = nCV (T2 – T1)
K= = …(ii)
K sp 4 × 10 −16 3
= 1× × 2(420 – 300)
Adding 2
Ag+(aq) + HCN(aq) H+(aq) + AgCN(s); = 3 × 120 = 360 Cal.
Ka ∆H = ∆U + nR(∆T)
K= = 106
K sp = 360 + 1 × 2 × 120
Initial 0.01 0.01 – – = 360 + 240 = 600 Cal.
At. Eq. x x 0.01 0.01 19. [4]
(Since K is very large so almost entirely forward The cell reaction is
shifted) Cd + 2H+ (0.2M) → Cd2+ (0.1M) + H2 (0.5 atm)
[H + ] 10 −2 º
E cell = E ºH + / ½ H – E Cd
º
⇒ K= +
= 2
= 106 2
2+
/ Cd
[Ag ][HCN ] x
= 0 – (–0.403) = 0.403 V
⇒ x2 = 10–8 ⇒ x = 10–4 = 10–n ⇒ n = 4 2+
2.303RT [Cd ] × PH 2
13. [8] º
Ecell = E cell – log
6 nF [H + ]2
CH3
0.0591 0.1× 0.5
Cl , hν = 0.403 – log
CH3 – CH2– CH – CH2 – CH3 2 → products. 2 (0.2) 2
1 2 3 4 5
Reaction at C–1 and C–5 are enantiotropic face give = 0.403 – 0.003 = 0.400 V
racemic products (2)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 98 MARCH 2010

 MATHEMATICS  cos α sin α 0  cos α − sin α 0 
= − sin α cos α 0   sin α cos α 0  = I
 0 0 e β   0 0 e −β 
dx
1.[B] For vertical tangents = 0 so, we have ⇒ A(α, β)–1 = A(–α, –β)
dθ
Next, Adj A(α, β) = |A (α, β)|A(α, β)–1
π 3π
–3cos θ = 0 ⇒ = or . Corresponding to = eβ A(–α, –β).
2 2
these values of θ, we have 6.[A,B,C] Let AB be the tower,
π π ∠APB = θ, ∠AQB = 2θ and ∠ARB = 3θ
x = 2 – 3 sin = –1; y = 3 + 2 cos = 3; Then QR = (3/4) PQ and ∠PBQ = ∠QBR = θ
2 2
3π ⇒ BQ is the bisector of ∠PBR (Fig.)
x = 2 – 3 sin =2+3=5 B
2
3π θ
y = 3 + 2 cos =3 θ
2 90º – 3θ
Thus the required points are (–1, 3), (5, 3).

θ 2θ 3θ
2.[B] u(x) = h(f (g(x))) = h(f(x2)) = h (sin x2) = log sin x2
P Q R A
Hence u′ (x) = 2 x cot x2 and
PB PQ AB cos ec θ 4 sin 3θ 4
u′′ (x) = 2 cot x2 – 4x2 cosec2 x2. ⇒ = ⇒ = ⇒ =
BR QR AB cos ec 3θ 3 sin θ 3
3.[B] We have ⇒ 3 – 4 sin2 θ = 4/3 ⇒ 12 sin2 θ = 5
3 × 2 − 6 × 3 + 2 × 4 + 11 7 ⇒ sin θ = 5 / 12 .
p1 = = =1
32 + (−6) 2 + (2) 2 7 cos 2θ = 1 – 2 sin2 θ = 1/6
sin 3θ = sin θ (3 – 4 sin2 θ) = 2 5 / 3 3 .
3 × 2 − 6 × 1 + 2 × 4 + 11 16
and p2 = =
32 + (−6) 2 + (2) 2 7
7.[A,D] We have α+β = –b/a, αβ = c/a, α′+β′ = –b′/a′ and
so, that p1, p2 are the roots of the equation α′β′ = c′/a′.
Therefore, equation of the circle having AB as
 16  16
p2 –  1 +  p + = 0 ⇒ 7p2 – 23p + 16 = 0 diameter is
 7 7 (x – α) (x – β) + (y – α′) (y – β′) = 0
⇒ x2 – (α+β)x + αβ + y2 – (α′ + β′)y + α′β′ = 0
4.[D] Equation of a tangent at (at2, 2at) to y2 = 8x is
b c b' c'
ty = x + at2 where 4a = 8 i.e. a = 2 ⇒ x2 + x + + y2 + y + = 0
⇒ ty = x + 2t2 which intersects the curve xy = –1 a a a' a'
⇒ aa′ (x2 + y2) + a′ bx + ab′ y + a′ c + ac′ = 0
x ( x + 2t 2 ) Since it passes through the origin, a′ c + ac′ = 0
at the points given by = –1
t and through (b/a, b′/a′)
clearly t ≠ 0 or x2 + 2t2x + t = 0 and will be a  b 2 b' 2  b b'
tangent to the curve if the roots of this aa′  2 + 2  + a′ b × + ab′ × = 0
a a'  a a'
quadratic equation are equal, for which
4t4 – 4t = 0 ⇒ t = 0 or t = 1 and an equation ⇒ a′2 b2 + a2 b′2 = 0
of a common tangent is y = x + 2.
5.[A,B,C] We have f ( x ) − f (0) log cos x
8.[A,C] lim = lim
cos α − sin α 0 
x →0 x −0 x →0 log (1 + x 2 )

A (α, β)′ =  sin α cos α 0  log[1 − (1 − cos x )] 2 sin 2 ( x / 2) x2

= lim . .
 0 0 eβ  x →0 1 − cos x 4( x / 2) 2 log(1 + x 2 )
2
 cos(−α) sin( −α ) 0  1 log(1 − y)  sin( x / 2) 
= lim lim . 
= − sin(−α) cos(−α) 0  2 y →0 y x →0  x/2 
 0 0 eβ  x2 1
. lim 2
=−
= A(– α, β) x →0 log(1 + x ) 2
Also, A(α, β) A(–α, –β)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 99 MARCH 2010

 where y = 1 – cos x. So f is derivable at x = 0 and and
hence also continuous. 3 3
+ = 4 + 2 cos θ (2)
z z
 x +1− x  Eliminating θ from (1) and (2), we get
9.[A,D] cot–1 (1 + x2 – x) = tan–1  
 1 − x (1 − x )  9 1 1
= tan–1 x + tan–1 (1 – x) – 6 +  = – 3
2
|z| z z
1 1
I= ∫ 0
cot −1 (1 + x 2 − x )dx = ∫ 0
tan −1 x dx ⇒ 3 = 2( z + z) – |z|2
1
+ ∫ 0
tan −1 (1 − x )dx 13. [2]
p(x) = (2x + 3) (x97 + x96 + … + 1).
1 1 1
= ∫ 0
tan −1 xdx + ∫ 0
tan −1 xdx = 2 ∫ 0
tan −1 xdx = (2x + 3) ( x + 1) (x96 + x94 + … + x2 + 1)
Also, x96 + x94 + … + x2 + 1 > ∀ x ∈ R.
1 2x
= 2x tan–1 x ]10 − ∫ dx
0 1+ x2 14. [3]
= 2tan (1) – log(1 + x ) ]0
–1 2 1 Let the required G.P. be

= 2(π/4) – log 2 = π/2 – log 2. 1 1 1

, , , ……
2 a 2a + b 2 a + 2b
10. A → r, s; B → s; C → p;D → p, q 1 / 2a 2 b −a 1
(A) Any point on the line (t, 1– t). The chord with Its sum is b
= b
=
1 −1/ 2 2 −1 7
this as mid point T = S1 passes through the
We can take a = 3, b = 3.
point (a, 2a)
⇒ (1 – t)2 = 2a (1 – a) > 0 ⇒ a ∈ (0, 1) 15. [2]
Q LR ∈ (0, 4)
As A2 = O, Ak = O ∀ k ≥ 2.
(B) POI are (1, 0) and (4, 0) and circle is (x – 1)
Thus, (A + I)50 = I + 50A
(x – 4) + y2 + λ y = 0 the length of the
tangent from (0, 0) is √4 = 2 ⇒ (A + I)50 – 50A = I
(C) The ⊥r tangents from any point to the ∴ a = 1, b = 0, c = 0, d = 1
parabola intersect on the directrix.
(D) 1 – | h | > 0 ⇒ h ∈ (–1, 1). 16. [6]
Let b = xi + yj + zk. So a × b = (z + y) i – xj – xk
11. A → q,t; B → s; C → p; D → r a × b + c = 0 ⇒ z + y + 1 = 0, –x + 1 = 0
Let X = the number of steps taken in the forward ⇒ x=1
direction, then X ~ B (n, p) with n = 11, p = 0.4.
a.b=3 ⇒ y–z=3
p1 = P(X = 5) + P(X = 6) = 11C5 p5q6 + 11C6p6q5
Solving these equations we have y = 1, z = –2.
= 11C5 (pq)5 = 11C5 (0.24)5 = 11C6 (0.24)5
Thus b = (1, 1, –2). i.e. |b|2 = 6.
p3 = P(X = 4) + P(X = 7)
= 11C4 p4 q7 + 11C5 P7 p7 q4
= 11C4 (pq)4 (1 – 3pq) 17. [4]
= 11C4 (0.24)4 (0.28) We have BC = 2BD, AD = h and OD = h – r.
p0 = 0
and p11 = P(X = 0) + P(X = 11) ∴ BC = 2 r 2 − (h − r ) 2 = 2 2hr − h 2
= (0.4)11 + (0.6)11
⇒ AB = 2hr − h 2 + h 2 = 2hr
Numerical Response type questions : so that P = 2AB + BC

= 2[ 2hr − h 2 + 2hr ]
12. [3]
We have Also the area of ∆ABC is
9 ∆ = BD × AD = h 2hr − h 2 .
= (2 + cos θ)2 + sin2 θ = 5 + 4 cos θ (1)
| z |2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 100 MARCH 2010

 A
PHYSICS
r
1.[B]
O
r
3° 6°
B D C
A
C
∆ h 2hr − h 2
∴ = B
P3 3
8 2hr − h 2 + 2hr  Time taken by pendulum in going from A to B
 
T l
= where T = 2π
2r − h 4 g
=
(
8 2r − h + 2r )
3
Time taken by pendulum in going from B to C
∆ T
⇒ lim 512 =
h →0 P3 12
2r ∴ Time period of pendulum
= 512 r =4
(
8 2 2r )
3
T T 
= 2 + 
 4 12 
18. [3] 2T 2 π 2 π
Note that it is not given that f is a differentiable = = . = sec
3 3 5 15
function we have
f (4 + h ) − f (4) 2.[C]
f ′ (4) = lim
h →0 h

= lim
(
f ( 4 + h ) 2 − f (2 2 ) )
h →0 h A θ1
(4 + h ) 3 / 2 − 8 8[(1 + h / 4) 3 / 2 − 1]
= lim = lim
h →0 h h →0 h
 3h  3 
81 + + 0(h 2 ) − 1 8 h + 0(h 2 ) θ2 B
2 4 8
= lim   = lim  
h →0 h h →0 h C
= lim [3 = 0(h)] = 3
h →0
Free body diagram of rope AB −
19. [3]
The given equation can be written as TA TB
dy x x
+ 2
y=
dx 1 + x 1+ x2 θ1 θ2
2
This is a linear equation with I.F. 1 + x . So

∫
y 1 + x 2 = x 1 + x 2 dx + C.
Mg
= (1/3) (1 + x2)3/2 + C TA cos θ1 = TB cos θ2
⇒ y = (1/3) (1 + x2) + C(1 + x2)–1/2
TA sin θ1 + TB sin θ2 = Mg
4 1
= y(0) = + C ⇒ C = 1. Mg cos θ 2
3 3 ∴ TA =
sin(θ1 + θ 2 )
1 1 1
Hence y( 8 ) = . 9 + ⇒ y( 8 ) – = 3. Mg cos θ1
3 3 3 TB =
sin (θ1 + θ 2 )

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 101 MARCH 2010

 Free body diagram of point AC – π 2π
δ= – (2λ sin θ)
2 λ
TA
π
⇒δ= – 4π sin θ
2
θ1
TC For maxima, δ = nπ
where n = 0, ± 1, ± 2 . . .
π
M′g – 4π sin θ = nπ
2
Horizontal equilibrium : 1
TA cos θ1 = TC −n
Mg cos θ1 cos θ 2 sin θ = 2
∴ TC = 4
sin (θ1 + θ 2 ) 1
Tension will be maximum at A and minimum at C. n = 0, sin θ =
8
3.[C] Maximum expansion in spring is given by 1 3
n = ± 1, sin θ = − , +
1 2 1 8 8
kx max = µv02 3 5
2 2 n = ± 2, sin θ = − ,
[µ = Reduced mass] 8 8
µ 2m 5 7
⇒ xmax = . v0 = v0 n = ± 3, sin θ = − ,
k 3k 8 8
4.[B] Force diagram of block for the view shown 7
n = 4, sin θ = −
8

6.[A,B,C,D]
F qE q(α − β x )
a= = =
view m m m
α
N a = 0 at x =
N N N β
180°– θ
θ α
Force on the particle is zero at x =
β
mg cos α mg cos α α
So, mean position of particle is at x =
β
mg cos α
⇒N= vdv q
2 sin(θ / 2) = (α − β x )
dx m
∴ Net friction up the plane = 2 µN
cos α 2qx  β 
= µmg Solve for v = α − x
sin(θ / 2) m  2 
 cos α  2α
∴ a = g sin α – µ  v = 0 at x = 0 and x =
 sin( θ / 2)  β
5.[A,D] 2α α
x= with mean position at x = .Therefore
P β β
α
amplitude of particle is .
S1 β
θ Maximum acceleration of particle is at extreme
2λ
2α qα
position (at x = 0 or x = ) and αmax = .
β m
S2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 102 MARCH 2010

7.[B,D] As v = 2t and let radius of circular path is r then, ∴ Work done negative
dv v2 4t 2 Hence heat is rejected
aT = = 2, ar = =
dt r r 6
For n = : Temperature increases with decrease
Therefore, 5
in volume work done negative
a= a T2 + a 2r For n = 2 : Temperature increase with increase
in pressure work done negative
16 t 4
a= 4+ Hence heat is absorbed.
r2
∴ (B) and (D) are correct. Numerical Response type questions :

8.[A,B,D] 12. [4]

4M, 2R
A = 0.04 m
M,R
ω = 25π
k = 5π
∴ Position of antinodes is given by
6R – x
cos (5πx) = 1 x
⇒ x = 0, 20 cm .... V=0
ω E=0
v= = 5 m/s
k
vmax = Aω = π m/s G.4m GM
=
x 2
(6 R – x ) 2
9.[A,C] Temperature gradient at distance 'r'
2 (6 R – x) = x
dθ 1 1
= × x=4R
dr K πx 2 = 4000 km = 4 × 103 km.
[Where x = cross-sectional radius at distance 'r']
⇒ Temperature increases with increase in 'r'. 13. [1]
Temperature of sun is given by
10. (A) → (S) ; (B) →(P) ; (C) → (Q) ; (D) → (R) b
T= [b : wein constant]
λm
11. (A) → (P,S) ; (B) → (Q,R) ; = 6127 K
(C) → (Q,R,S) ; (D) → (P,Q,R) u
∴ Intensity at earth =
For process PVn = constant 4πd 2
Molar heat capacity of gas σAT 4
=
 1 1  4πd 2
C = R  −  ... (i)
 γ − 1 n − 1  11
[d = 1.5 × 10 m, T = 6127 K,
Here, γ = 7/5 A = 4π r2, r = 7 × 108 m]
cos tan t
PV = nRT = = 1740.1 W/m2 = 1.740 × 103
V n −1
 1 14. [1]
 1− 
= Constant × P  n  Temperature of gas will increase with increase in
For n = 1 : Temperature with increase in volume and becomes maximum at ‘C’
volume work done positive PV 200 × 10 3 × 4 × 10 –3
∴ Tmax = =
Hence heat is absorbed by system. nR 1
× 8.314
1 4
For n = : Temperature and volume decrease = 384.89 K
2
= 112ºC = 1.12 × 102 ≈ 1
with increase in pressure

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 103 MARCH 2010

15. [3] Re λt
Neλt = +C
λ
S1 P R
At t = 0, N = 0 ⇒ C = −
θ1 λ
3d
R
S2 2 ∴ N= (1– e–λt)
θ2 λ
R
At equilibrium quantity N = for t → ∞
S3 λ
R R
d / 2 d2 λ ∴ = (1 – e–λt)
S2P – S1P = d sin θ1 = d. = = 2λ λ
D 2D 3 1
3d / 2 3d 2 ⇒ e–λt =
S3P – S2P = d sin θ2 = d = =λ 2
D 2D ln 2
4I0 t= = T1/2 = 100 years = 1 × 102
λ
120°
I0 18. [2]
hc
eV1 = –φ
IResultant = I0 + 4I0 + 2 I 0 4I 0 cos120° λ1
= 3I0 hc
eV2 = –φ
λ2
16. [4]
 λ − λ2 
Let, a = side of cube e(V2 – V1) = hc  1 
P = Impulse imparted  λ1λ 2 
P hc  λ1 − λ 2 
V2 – V1 =  
a e  λ1λ 2 

A B 6.6 × 10 –34 × 3 × 108 100

= ×
∴ After hitting, 1.6 × 10 –19 6 × 10 –5
P Pa 66
v0 = and ω0 = = × 10–34 + 8 + 2 + 19 + 5
m 2I 32
[I = Moment of inertial about axis 33
= = 2.0625 volt ≈ 2 volt
passing through centre of mass] 16
For just toppling
1 2  1 1 19. [2]
Iω0 = mga  − 
2  2 2 A
(Applying energy conservation
between situation A and B) l
2Iω0
⇒ P= = 4 kg m/s
a

17. [1]
Let rate of production = R
dN
∴ = R − λN

dN
dt
{
Wgas = − Wgravity + Wexternal pressure }
+ λN = R = mgl + P0lA [m = mass of Hg pallet]
dt
dN = 2.136 J
eλt + λNeλt = Reλt ∴ ∆Q = ∆W
dt
= 2.136 J ≈ 2
d( Ne λt )
= Reλt
dt

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 104 MARCH 2010

 SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST
PAPER
AIEEE- II
10.[D] Due to introduction of glass slab, number of
PHYSICS fring between two points remains constant
because if n number of fring crosses point P,
then same number of fring also crosses point O
1.[A] Initially relative velocity between coin and lift in same sence.
is zero.
1 2 1
h = ut + gt here u = 0 11.[A] Energy stored in capacitor is, CV2 = 3 J
2 2
2h 2× 2.45 1 On connecting this capacitor to an uncharged
t= = = sec. capacitor since charge distributes equally, hence
g 9.8 2 both capacitors are of same capacity
CV + C(0) V
Now common potential, V' = =
2.[C] Mass of liquid inside the capillary = πr2 h d C+C 2
= (πr h d). r Total energy stored in two capacitors is –
since, hr = constant 2
∴ mass of liquid inside α r 1 1 V
U' = CV'2 + CV'2 = C  
2 2 2
1 3
= CV2 = = 1.5 J
3.[D] 2π r = nλ 4 2
nλ
or r = V 30
2π 12.[C] Current, I = = = 60 A
2λ λ λ R 0.5
⇒ r2 – r 1 = – =
2π 2π 2π Total no. of free e– s, N = nAl
and linear momentum of each e¯s, P = mvα
4.[C] KE = hυ + φ …..(i) ∴ Total momentum of all free e¯s,
2KE = hυ' + φ ……(ii) P = (nAl) (mυα)
or 2 (hυ + φ) = hυ' + φ I
φ But I = neAυα , so nAυα =
or υ' = 2υ + ⇒ υ' > 2υ e
h
Ilm 60 ×100 × 9.1×10 −31
∴ P= =
5.[C] e 19
1.6 ×10 –
6.[B] 3.4 ×10–8 kg/s

7.[D] 13.[A] Let unknown resistance be X. In first case, if

X l
1 l is the balancing length then, =
8.[A] E=
2
Ka2 R (100 − l )
1 10l
mw2a2 ∴ X= …………..(i)
E=
2 (100 − l )
So a2 t2 = hence (A) constant In second case, R = 10 + 12.5 = 22.5 Ω and
l ' = l – 20
9.[C] M= M1M 2 X l' X l − 20
∴ = or =
R (100 − l' ) 22.5 100 − (l − 20)
M= 24.2 × 20 = 484 = 22g

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 105 MARCH 2010

 22.5 (l − 20) 21.[A]
or X = ……….(ii)
120 − l 2 C B
Solving eqs (i) and (ii) we get
l = 60 cm and X = 15Ω V
14.[D] Energy gained in one movement across the gap 1 A
= 100 KeV
The energy gained in one turn = 200 KeV
p 10
P
20 ×10 6 dwABCA = dQABCA
N= = 100
3
200 ×10 1
(2–1) (10–P) = 5
I 2
15.[D] T = 2π P
MB H 5– =5⇒P=0
2
2I 1
T' = 2π = 2T dwCA = − [2 – 1] [0 + 10] = –5J
MB H 2
16.[B] emf induced is,
dφ AdB l2 22.[C]
n'
=
V + Vs
=
5
e=– = − = − × (–2)
dt dt 2 n" V − Vs 3
= l2 = 1 Volt 3V + 3Vs = 5V – 5Vs
∴ Resultant emf = 10 – 1 = 9V V 340
Vs = = = 85 m/s
4 4
17.[A] Since 'M' is at rest the tension in the string
23.[A]
Mg
= Let acceleration of m and m' is 'f' one
2
60° 60°
will move downward and other will move θ θ
φ
upward θ

Mg
mg – = mf ……..(i) µ= 3
2
Mg sin 60° 3
– m'g = m'f …….(ii) =
2 sin θ 1
Solving equation (i) and (ii)
4 1 1 3
= 3 sinθ
= + 2
M m m1
sinθ = ½
du θ = 30°
18.[C] F = − = –(16x – 4) = 4 – 16x
dx ∴ φ = 90°
At equilibirum 4 – 16x0 = 0
1 Statement based : (Sol. 24 to 25)
and x0 = m = 25 cm.
4 24.[D]
At the given position x = (25 + 25) = 50 cm.
⇒ F = 4 – 16 × .5 = –4 N. 25.[B]
−4 Passage based : (Sol. 26 to 30)
or a = = – 40 m/s2
0.1
26.[A] Inner charge also flows to outer shell. Hence,
1 1
19.[B] LC = mm = cm = 0.01 cm net charge on it q = q1 + q0
10 100 = (σ)(4πR2) + (–σ) (4π) (2R)2 = – 12σπR2
10
Side of cube = + 1×.01 = 1.01 cm 1 q − 12σπR 2
10 ∴ V= . =
4πε 0 (2R ) 8πε 0 R
20.[A] As temperature increases, frequency increases 3σR
so it will be more than thrice the length, hence (A) =–
2ε 0
x > 54

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 106 MARCH 2010

27.[B] Using the Gauss theorem we can see that net 36.[C] C6H12O6 → CO2
charge inside the Gaussian sphere passing from O.N. = C ⇒ 0 C = +4
the point under consideration has no changed.
E
Therefore, E1 = E2 or 1 = 1. Change in O.N. per atom = 4
E2
Change in O.N. for 6 C atom = 24
28.[C] They will collide at their mean positions So equivalent weight = M/24
because time period of both are same and that is
37.[C]
m
2π . After collision combined mass is 2m 38.[D] Allylic halides undergo substitution very easily.
K
and Keff = 2K. Hence, time period remains 39.[D] Solubility of alcohols in water increases with
unchanged. increase in branching of alkyl group.
29.[A] From conservation of linear momentum we can 40.[C] R–CN on hydrolysis gives RCOOH.
see that velocity of combined mass just after
ωA 41.[C] Conc. HNO3 oxidises aniline to p–
collision is v = . Benzoquinone
4
ωA ωA
ωA
v= 42.[C]


2 → ←  ⇒ ←
2 
m m m m 43.[D] Mg prevent corrosive action of water & salt by
Before collision Just after collision providing cathodic protection.
Since, this is the velocity at mean position.
44.[D] Sn + 2NaOH + H2O → Na2 SnO3+2H2
Hence, v = ω′ A′
Pb + 2NaOH → Na2PbO2+H2
ωA
or = ω′ A′ Zn + 2NaOH → Na2 ZnO2 + H2
4
A K OCOCH3
or A′ = because ω′ = ω =
4 m COOH
45.[B] Acetyl salicylic acid (Aspirin)
2K
or
2m 46.[D]
2
1 1  ωA  47.[B] The magnetic moments depends upon the no. of
30.[D] E = (2m)v2 = (2m)  
2 2  4  unpaired electrons i.e. n (n + 2)
mω2 A 2 kA 2  2 k 2k  no. of unpaired electrons in
= = ω = or  Cr2+ → Four
16 16  m 2m 
Co2+ → three
2 2
1  A  kA Fe2+ → Four
or E = (2m)   =
2 4 16 Mn2+ → Five
Both Cr2+and Fe2+ have four electrons

CHEMISTRY 48.[A] for bcc lattice, l = 0.433a

lattice is half of the body diagonal that is
3a
31.[B] = 1.73 Å ; So, a = 200 pm
2
32.[C] Sulphide ions produces rotten egg smell on [AB]2
treating with dil. H2SO4 49.[A] K = 100 =
[A 2 ][B 2 ]
33.[C] HgI42– [A 2 ][B 2 ]
K1 = ,
[AB]2
34.[D] Smaller the valency, smaller the flocculating
Thus K1 = 1/K = 10–2
power.
[AB]
K2 = = K = 10
35.[A] H3BO3 + OH– → H4 BO4– or B(OH)4– [A 2 ]1/ 2 [B 2 ]1/ 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 107 MARCH 2010

50.[A] a = initial conc. 56.[B] BaSO4, poisons the catalyst and decreases the
2a efficiency. Hence, to check further reduction of
(a–x) = a – = a/3 aldehydes to alcohols.
3
2.303 a 57.[B] C2H5 MgBr  
2 (i ) CO
→ C2H5COOH
t2/3 = log (ii ) H 2 O
K a−x
Hence the value of n = 2
2.303  a 
= –14
log  
5.48 × 10  a /3 58.[D]
= 2.01×1013 sec. NO2 2[H] N=O 2[H]

0.0591 [Mg +2 ]
51.[D] E Mg+ 2 / Mg = E º + log
Mg+ 2 / Mg 2 [Mg ] NHOH 2[H] NH2
0.0591  0.01 
= –2.36 + log  
2  1  59.[A] Q10 ml of oxygen is obtained at STP from
0.0591 H2O2 = 1ml
= – 2.36 + (–2)
2 ∴ 500 ml of O2 is obtained at STP= = 50ml
= – 2.42 volt
60.[B] Ag2S + 4 NaCN → Na [Ag (CN)2] + Na2S
52.[A] Milli equivalents of CH3COOH = 50×2 = 100 Na2S + 2O2 + H2O → Na2S2O3 + 2NaOH
Milli equivalents of CH3COONa = 10×1 = 10 The complex Na [Ag (CN)2] contains
 salt  [Ag (CN)2]– ions
pH = pKa + log  
 acid 

= –log (10–5) + log 

 10 
 = 5–1 = 4 MATHEMATICS
 100 
53.[A] Lf = 1.44 cals 1
heat of fusion of Ice per gram 61.[D] sinx + cosx =
5
1.44 × 1000
Lf = = 80 cals/gm. 1
18 ⇒ sin2x + cos2x + 2sinx cosx =
25
R.Tf 2 1 24
Now: Kf = ⇒ 1 + sin2x = ⇒ sin2x = –
1000.L f 25 25
2 × (273) 2 7 24
Kf = = 1.86°C ⇒ cos2x = – ⇒ tan2x =
1000 × 80 25 7
w × 1000
So: ∆Tf = Kf × m = Kf × 62.[C] tan (x + y) = 33 ⇒ x + y = tan–133
M×W ⇒ y = tan–133 – x
2 × 1000 ⇒ y = tan–133 – tan–13
0.5 = 1.86 ×
M × 100  33 − 3 
⇒ M = 74.4 gm. ⇒ y = tan–1   ⇒ y = tan–1(0.3)
 1 + 33(3) 
54.[B] →4<n+l≤6 1 + 2 + ......... + n n +1
63.[A] x = =
n+l=5 & n+l =6 n 2
5+0 5s2 6 + 0 = 6s2
4+1 4p 6
5 + 1 = 5p6 variance σ2 =
∑x 2
i
– (x ) 2
3+2 3d 10
4 + 2 = 4d10 n
Total e– = 18
–
Total e– = 18
So total e = 18+18 = 36 σ2 =
∑n 2
 n +1
–  
2

n  2 
55.[A] Resonance structure may or may not have equal 2
n (n + 1)(2n + 1)  n +1 n 2 −1
energy. σ2 = –   =
6n  2  12

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 108 MARCH 2010

64.[C] {~ (a → b) = a ∧ ~ b} 73.[D] If points are coplaner
∴ (p ∧ q) ∧ ~ (q ∨ ~ r) = (p ∧ q) ∧ (~ q ∧ r)
65.[C] Lines ay2 – (1 + λ2)xy – ax2 = 0
[
⇒ AB, AC, AD = 0 ]
are perpendicular because, coeff x2+coeff y2 = 0 −2
3 1
option (B) is not pair of lines, option (C) ⇒ 0 2 −2 = 0 ⇒ k = – 1
represent two lines x = 0 & y = 0 k −1 2 2
which are perpendicular hence option(C)
r r r r r r r r r
66.[A] ( a × b ) × c = ( a . c ) b – ( b . c ) a
r r r P(1, √3)
here a = i – j, b = j – k, c = i + 5k
⇒ [(i – j). (i + 5k)] (j – k) – [(j – k).(i + 5k)](i – j)
⇒ 1(j – k) – (–5)(i – j) O A
74.[C] M
⇒ 5i – 4j – k
67.[A] A = {3, 2}; B = {2, 4}; C = {4, 5}
⇒ A ×(B ∩ C) = {3, 2} × {4}
⇒ A× (B ∩ C) = { (3, 4),(2, 4)}
From figure we have to find out Area of ∆ OPA
68.[D] for two +ive numbers A.M. ≥ G.M.
tangent at P(1, 3 ) given by x + 3 y = 4 cut
a+b b+c c+a x axis at A (4, 0)
∴ ≥ ab ; ≥ bc ; ≥ ca
2 2 2
⇒ OA = 4 , PM = 3
multiplying all three
(a + b)(b + c)(c + a ) 1
≥ abc Area (∆ OPA) = .4 3 =2 3
8 2
(a + b) (b + c) (c + a) ≥ 8abc 75.[C] given P(A) = 0.5 & P(A ∩ B) ≤ 0.3
69.[A] since the general equation of all conics whose we have P(A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A ∩ B)
axes coincide with the axes of co-ordinates P(A ∪ B) ≤ 1
if ax2 + by2 = 1 P(A ∪ B) + P(A ∩ B) ≤ 1+ .3
Q it has two arbitrary constant a, b P(B) ≤ 1 + 0.3 – 0.5 ≤ 0 .8
∴ its differential equation will be of order 2
76.[C] Let equation of plane is
1.7 1.7 x y z
70.[D] Required area = ∫
1
[x ] = ∫ 1
1d x
a
+
b
+
c
= 1 meets axes in

= ( x )11.7 = 1.7 – 1 = 0.7 = 7/10 A(a, 0, 0), B(0, b, 0) & C(0, 0, c)

a b c
71.[C] [x2 + 1] → is always integer centroid  , ,  ≡ (1, 2r, 3r2)
 3 3 3
∴ π [x2 + 1] → will always be multiple of π
⇒ a = 3, b = 6r, c = 9r2
∴ sin(π [x2 + 1]) = 0 { Q sin nπ = 0}
x y z
∴ f(x) = 0 ∀ x ∈ R plane + + 2 =1
3 6r 9r
1
72.[B] AB = 3I ⇒ (AB) = I 6r2x + 3ry + 2z = 18r2
3
n 77.[D] equation of ellipse is given by
1  1
⇒ det  AB  = 1 ⇒   det (AB) = 1  x − y+3
2
 3  3 1
(x + 1)2 + (y – 1)2 =  
n 4
 2 
1
⇒   (detA) (detB) = 1 or 8(x + 1)2 + 8(y –1)2 = (x – y + 3)2
3
7x2 + 7y2 +2xy + 10x – 10y + 7 = 0
⇒ det A ≠ 0 ⇒ A–1 exist compare with given eqn a = 7, b = 7, c = 7, h = 1
1 1  a + b = 14 = 2 c.h
∴ AB = I ⇒ A  B  = I
3 3  78.[B] shortest distance must he perpendicular distance
1 a − b − 30
⇒ A–1 = B {Q AA–1 = I} ⇒ = |a| ⇒ |2a + b| = 2 |a|
3 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 109 MARCH 2010

 ⇒ (2a + b)2 = 2a2 ⇒ 2a2 + b2 + 4ab = 0 i nC3xn–3a3 +nC4xn–4a4 +.........+ in nCnan
b2 b = ( C0x – nC2xn–2a2 + nC4xn–4a4........)
n n

⇒ 2
+4 +2=0 + i([nC1xn–1a – nC3xn–3a3 +.........)
a a
= (T0 – T2 + T4–....) + i(T1 – T3 + T5.....) (i)
b
clearly is root of eqn x2 + 4x + 2 = 0 and(x – ia)n = (T0 – T2 + T4..) – i(T1–T3 + T5....)
a (ii)
79.[D] Q root of eqn 2x2 + 3 2 x + b = 0 multiplying (i) & (ii)
are real and equal ∴ D = 0 (x + ia)n(x – ia)n = (T0 – T2 + T4.....)2

(3 2 ) 2
– 4.2.b = 0 2
⇒ (x + a ) 2 n
+(T1– T3 + T5....)2

18
b= = 9/4 ∴ b is +ve
8 a1 b1 c1
Now in equation x2 – bx + 1 = 0 83.[B] Let A = a 2 b2 c2 then
coff. of x2 & constant term are +ve and a3 b3 c3
coff. of x is –ve
∴ both root of equation will be +ve a1 b1 c1
∆ = det A = a 2 b2 c2 and
80.[C] Let first term of A.P. is A and common a3 b3 c3
difference is d
∴ Tp = A + (p – 1)d A1 B1 C1
Tq = A + (q – 1)d A2 B2 C2 = |(adj A)´| = | adj A|
Tr = A + (r – 1)d A3 B3 C3
These three are consecutive terms of G.P. Let
= |A|3–1 = |A|2 = ∆2 Q |adj A| = |A|n–1
common ratio of G.P. is R
Tq T Tq − Tr 2rπ 2rπ
∴R= = r = 84.[C] sin + i cos
Tp Tq Tp − Tq 17 17
(by property of ratio & proportion)  2rπ 2rπ 
= i cos – i sin
Tq − Tr [A + (q − 1)d ] − {A + (r − 1)d}  17 17 
R= =
Tp − Tq {A + (p − 1)d} − {A + (q − 1)d}  −2 rπ 
i 
=i e  17 
q−r r−q
= = 16 16  −2 πr 
p−q q−p  2rπ 2rπ  i 
∴ ∑r =1
sin 
 17
+ i cos
17 
 = i e
r =1
∑ 17 

81.[C] If n distinct objects are arranged in a row then

 – i 2π −
i 4π
–
i6π
−
i 32 π 
No. of arrangement in which none of them = i e 17 + e 17 + e 17 + ....... + e 17  {G.P.}
occupies its original place is  
 1 1 1 1 1
n 1 − + − + − ....... + (−1) n 
 1 2 3 4 n 


=i e

− (i 2 π / 17 ) 1 − e

( )
i 2 π / 17 16 


 −i 2 π / 17 
here in Question n = 4  1 − e 
 1 1 1 1
∴ ways are 4 1 − + − +  (
e −i 2 π /17 1 − e −i32 π /17
=i 
)
 1 2 3 4   1 − e −i 2 π /17 
1 1 1  12 − 4 + 1   e − i 2π / 17 – e − i34π / 17   e −i 2 π /17 – e i 2 π 
= 24  − +  = 24   =9
 2 6 24   24  = i  =i
– i 2 π/17 

 1 – e −i 2 π /17 
  1 – e 
82.[B] (x + a)n = nC0xn + nC1xn–1 + nC2xn–2a2  e −i2 π/17 – 1 
+ nC3xn–3a3 + nC4xn–4a4.......+ nCnan  – i2 π/17 
= i = – i {Q ei2π = 1}
= ( C0x + C2xn–2a2 + nC4xn–4a4 +....)
n n n 1 – e 
+ (nC1xn–1 + nC3xn–1a3 + ....)
85.[B] put x = tan θ as x → 0+
= (T0 + T2 + T4 +....) + (T1 + T3 + .....)
lim tan θ.2θ 1
replace a by ia & –ia ∴ θ→0 =
(x + ia)n = nC0xn + i nC1xn–1a – nC2xn–2a2 – 2θ.3θ 3

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 110 MARCH 2010

 a sin x + b cos x For A(3, 4) & B (6, λ); AB ≤ 4
86.[A] f(x) =
c sin x + d cos x 32 + (λ – 4)2 ≤ 16
f '(x) (λ – 4)2 ≤ 7
= [c sin x + d cos x ][a cos x − b sin x ] − [a sin x + b cos x ][c cos x − d sin x ] 4– 7 ≤λ≤4+ 7
(c sin x + d cos x )2
≈ 1.3 ≤ λ ≤ 6.3
ad(cos 2 x + sin 2 x ) − bc(cos 2 x + sin 2 x ) integral λ is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
=
(c sin x + d cos x ) 2 i.e. 5 values
ad − bc
f '(x) =
(c sin x + d cos x ) 2
Q f(x) is decreasing for all x if and only if Interesting Science Facts
f '(x) < 0 for all x
∴ ad – bc < 0 ⇒ ad < bc • Alfred Nobel invented dynamite in 1866.

87.[A] Let y = 27cos2x. 81sin2x • Wilhelm Rontgen won the first Nobel Prize for
= 33cos2x. 34sin2x = 33cos2x + 4sin2x physics for discovering X-rays in 1895.
∴ y will be minimum when • The tallest tree ever was an Australian eucalyptus
3cos2x +4sin2x is minimum
- In 1872 it was measured at 435 feet tall.
− a 2 + b 2 ≤ a sin θ + b cos θ ≤ a 2 + b 2 
  • Christian Barnard performed the first heart
 
transplant in 1967 - the patient lived for 18 days.
∴ min. of (3cos2x + asin2x) = − 32 + 4 2 = –5
1 • The wingspan of a Boeing 747 is longer than the
∴ y min. = 3–5 = Wright brother’s first flight.
243
• An electric eel can produce a shock of up to 650
88.[C] Let f(x) = sin4x + cos4x is periodic with period
00.
π/2
a +π / 2 • There are 60,000 miles of blood vessels in the
∫ (sin
4 4
∴ x + cos x ) dx human body.
a
π/2
• An individual blood cell takes about 60 seconds to

∫ (sin make a complete circuit of the body.

4 4
= x + cos x ) dx
0 • On the day that Alexander Graham Bell was
π/2
3 1 π 3π buried the entire US telephone system was shut
∫ sin
4
=2 x = 2. . . = down for 1 minute in tribute.
4 2 2 8
0
• The low frequency call of the humpback whale is
89.[C] Number of product of numbers taken two or the loudest noise made by a living creature.
more at a time
• The call of the humpback whale is louder than
Q all 10 nos. are prime
Concorde and can be heard from 500 miles away.
∴ all are different
∴ Nos of product of nos. taken two or more at a • A quarter of the world’s plants are threatened with
time is 10C2 + 10C3 +10C4 ...... + 10C10 extinction by the year 2010.
Q 10C0 + 10C1 + 10C2 + 10C3 + ......... 10C10 = 210
• Each person sheds 40lbs of skin in his or her
∴ 1+10 + 10C2 + 10C3 + 10C4 +.........+10C10 = 210
10 lifetime.
C2 + 10C3 + ............... 10C10 = 210 – 11
• At 15 inches the eyes of giant squids are the
90.[A] Any point on line |x| = 6 has co-ordinates largest on the planet.
(± 6, λ)
if A(3, 4) & B(– 6, λ); AB ≤ 4 • The largest galaxies contain a million, million
(3 + 6)2 + ( λ – 4)2 ≤ 16 stars.
( λ – 4)2 + 81 –16 ≤ 0 No real λ

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 111 MARCH 2010

 SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST
PAPER - II
BIT-SAT
PHYSICS 3.[A] Q g=
GH
(R + h ) 2
GM GM
1.[A] u2 = 5gR ∴ 2
=
9R (R + h ) 2
∴ v2 = u2 – 2gR
⇒ 3R = R + h
= 5gR – 2gR = 3gR
⇒ h = 2R
So option (1) is correct.
v
B 4.[B] Both the spring are in series
k ( 2k ) 2k
Keq = =
u k + 2k 3
µ
Tangential acceleration at B is Time period T = 2π
K eq
at = g (downwards)
Centripetal acceleration at B is m1.m 2
where µ =
2 m1 + m 2
v
aC = = 3g m
R Here µ =
2
∴ Total acceleration will be
m 3 3m
∴ T = 2π . = 2π
a= a C2 + a 2t = g 10 2 2k 4k
Alternative method :
2.[C] Let l be the length of the rod and θ the angle of
rod with x-axis (horizontal) at some instant of 2k/3
m m
time. Co-ordinates of the centre of rod at this
instant of time are
y
2k/3
A m m

l x1 x2
∴ mx1 = mx2 ⇒ x1 = x2
θ B force equation for first block;
x
2k d 2 x1
l (x1+x2) = m
x= cos θ 3 dt 2
2
d 2 x1 4k
l Put x1 = x2 ⇒ + x1 = 0
and y = sin θ dt 2 3m
2 4k
Squaring and adding Eqs. (1) and (2), we get: ⇒ ω2 =
3m
l2 3m
x2 + y2 = ∴ T = 2π
4 4k
l
Which is an equation of a circle of radius
2 5.[D] E1 = E2
and centre at origin. 1 1
∴ m1 ω12 A12 = m 2 ω22 A 22
2 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 112 MARCH 2010

 but m1 = m2 Q2  Q 
∴ ω12 × 16 = ω22 × 25 = 2 4
… σ = 
16π r × 2 ∈0  4πr 2 
∴ 100 × 16 = ω2 × 25
ω = 8 units Q = 8πr 2rT ∈0

6.[A] Let the force producing impulse J is F then 10.[C] In case of a capacitor
2 q = CV
F × h = mR2 × α
5 dq  dV 
∴ i= =C  
and F = ma (where a = Rα) dt  dt 
2 2 dV 4.0
∴ mah = mRa ⇒ h = R = V/s = 1.0 V/s
5 5 dt 4.0
Also impulse = change in momentum Therefore, if C = 1 F then i = 1×1 = 1A
or J = Mv (constant)
7.[D] at = αA rA = αCrC
11.[A]
r  10
αC = αA  A  = 1.6 × = 0.64 rad/s2
r
 C 25
100 × 2π
ωC 60
t= = = 16.35 sec.
αC 0.64 +q –q
1 C2 1 C q2
Q Energy loss = ×V2 = ×
8.[C] P(r) = r 2 C+C 2 2 C2
πR 4
q2 q 2d
+ + + = =
+ 4C 4ε 0 A
+ +r + +
+ ++1 + +
++ + + 5 5 5
+ + + + 12.[C] RAB = R || R = R
+++ +
6 6 12
From Gauss law
13.[B]
q ∫ ρVdV
∫ E.ds = en =
ε0 ε0 1A A
3Ω
r1 2
Qr 4πr dr 2Ω
= ∫
O
πR 4
/ ε0
2A
D
1A
C

Q r14 3Ω 2Ω
E.4πr12 = 4 π B
πR 4 4
ε0 VA – VC = i R = 1 × 3 = 3V .......(i)
Qr12 VB – VC = 1 × 2 = 2V ........(ii)
E= VA – VB = 3 – 2 = 1V
4πε 0 R 4

4T µ 0 Ni
9.[B] Inside pressure must be greater than outside 14.[D] B =
r 2R
pressure in bubble. This excess pressure is provided φ = πb 2 × B × N
by charge on bubble. φ = Li
4T σ2 φ µ0 N 2b2
= L= = , with b <<< R
r 2 ∈0 Pa i 2R
4T Pa 1 2 µ 0 N 2i 2 2
r Energy = Li = b
2 4R

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 113 MARCH 2010

15.[A] hc
E(Kα) = E(K) – E(L) =
N cos θ λα
N
θ B = 98.4 KeV
N sin θ F = BIL EL = E(K) – E(Kα)
= 115.4 – 98.4
EL = 17.5 KeV
θ mg hc 12.4 KeVÅ
λL = = = 0.709Å
EL 17.5 KeV
N cos θ = mg …..(1)
[⊗ indicates current I is flowing into the paper]
N sin θ = BIL …..(2) hc 12.4KeV.Å
21.[A] | EK | = = = 82.7 KeV
BIL λK 0.15Å
∴ tan θ = The energy of incident photon
mg
hc 12.4
Eν = = = 124 KeV
di λ 0.1
16.[C] E= L The maximum kinetic energy is
dt
Kmax = Eν – |EK| = 41.3 KeV ~
– 41 KeV
E
di = dt
L
E 22.[B] Frequency corresponding to wavelength of
i= t 0.180 nm is
L
ν = c/λ = 1.67 × 1018 Hz
2 From Mosley's law
i = ×t
4 3
i = 0.5t ν = cR (Z – 1)2
4
5 = 0.5t
t = 10 sec 4
(Z – 1) = = 26
3cR
E Z = 27
17.[A] Steady state current in L = i0 = Energy
R1
Hence element is cobalt.
2
1  E 
stored in L = L  = heat produced in R2
2  R 1  23.[B] p=
h
=
E
= e
m c2
= mec
λ c c
LE 2
during discharge = . c
2R 12 N.h
Nhν λ
24.[C] I = =
∆t.A 1 mm ×1 mm 2
Pout 110 × 9 c
18.[C] % efficiency = × 100 = × 100
Pin 220 × 5 100 × 10 –9 × 2640 × 10 –10
N=
= 90% (3 × 108 ) 2 × 6.63 × 10 –34
~
− 442 photons/mm3
 1 1 
19.[C] ν = RcZ2  2 − 2 
n 
 1 n2  25.[A] Stopping potential of a & b same so frequency
20.[A] fa = fb
* Saturated photoelectric current of b & c same
n=∞
so intensity Ib = Ic > Ia
N
M l   90 
E(L) 26.[D] r = R  1 − 1 = 100  − 1
L l
 2   72 
E(K) E(Kα) r = 25 Ω
K
27.[B] VA – VB < Ε
hc 12.4 VA – VP = Ε/2
E(K) = = = 115.9 KeV
λK 0.107

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 114 MARCH 2010

 VA − VB l
= 0
VA − VP l f − 10 1
| m |= = =
l0 E f − u − 10 + 30 2
VA – VB = <E
l 2 rI 1
=m=
l0 ro 2
l> ⇒ l > 50 cm
2 ωo = ωI
a r 1
∴ I = I =
X l a o ro 2
28.[B] = for balance
R 100 − l
12 l 12 l' 34.[B] f = – 15cm
Initially, = , finally =
18 100 − l 8 100 − l' for virtual & 2 times large image
or JJ′ = l′ – l = 20 cm m=+2
f −15
m= or + 2 =
0.1 f −u − 15 – u
29.[D] Least count = – 30 – 2u = – 15
100
– 2u = 15
0.1
2r = N + n ( ) u = – 7.5 cm
100
N n f 0 200
r= + (0.001) 35.[A] MP = = = 40
2 2 fe 5
r = 0.5 N + n (0.0005)
r = 5 (0.1 N + 0.0001 n)
36.[A] M.P. = m0 × me
32 = m0 × 4
6 2
30.[C] 3 Li +1 H → 42 He + 42 He ∴ m0 = 8
Q = (K (K α1 + K α 2 ) – Kd
37.[A] F – 2T = 6a and T = 4 × 2a
= (13.2 + 13.2) MeV – 4MeV
= 22.4 MeV ∴ F – 16 a = 6a
F
⇒ a= ⇒ a = 1m/s2
31.[D] N = N0e–λt, D = N0 (1 – e–λt) 22
R R 0 e – λt R 0 6 ×1 + 4 × 2
R = R0e–λt, = = =λ ∴ aCM = = 1.4 m/s2
N N 0 e – λt N 0 10
= const. 38.[D] Acceleration of chain is given by
2mg − mg / 3 5g
32.[C] a= =
λD m 3
10 β1 = 10 ×
µd
39.[C] According to Pascal’s principle
in liquid
λD f1 A r2 1
β2 = = 1 = 1 =
f2 A2 2 4
d r2
6β2 = 10β1 1
f1 = Mg
6λD 10λD 4
=
d µd
10 40.[C] Length of rod inside the water = 1.0 secθ = secθ
µ= = 1.67 F
6
33.[A]
f = 10 cm
1 cm θ 1.0 m
W
O
2  1 
Upthrust F =   (sec θ)   (1000) (10)
30 cm 2  500 

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 115 MARCH 2010

 or F = 20 sec θ
Weight of rod W = 2 × 10 = 20 N ∆P WB M A
For rotational equilibrium of rod net torque 11.[D] =
P° M B WA
about O should be zero.
 secθ  WBM A
∴F   (sin θ) = W = (1.0 sin θ) or MB =
WA (∆P / P°)
 2 
20 2.5 × 78 × 640
or sec2θ = 20 ⇒ MB = = 80
2 39 × 40
or θ = 45º
∴ F = 20 sec 45º 12.[B] Adsorption is exothermic process due to
attraction between adsorbate and adsorbent.
= 20 2 N

2.303 a
CHEMISTRY 13.[A] t =
k
log
a−x
2.303 0 .5
= log
nh h 2h 6 0.05
1.[C] mvr = =4× = = 0.384 min
2π 2π π

14.[B] 1 cm3 H2O = 1 g H2O

2.[D] Meq. of Acid = Meq. of Ba(OH)2
1× 6.023
1.25 No. of molecules in 1 g H2O = × 1023
⇒ × 1000 = (0.25 × 2) × 25 18
M/2
= 3.3 × 1022
⇒ M = 200
15.[D] Isocyanide test also known as carbylamine test.
r( H 2 ) M ( D2 ) 4 2
3.[B] = = =
r( D 2 ) M ( H2 ) 2 1 16.[A] 4-methyl benzene sulphonic acid is stronger
than acetic acid thus it will release acetic acid
from sodium acetate.
4.[A] From Kp = Kc (RT)∆ng
= 1.8 × 10–4 × (0.082 × 298)2 = 0.108 CH3 – CH2 – C ≡ CH + H2O HgSO
17.[A] But–1–yne  4 →
H SO
5.[A] ∆Hsublimation = ∆Hfusion + ∆Hvap 2 4

CH3 – CH2 – C = CH2

6.[D] In CH3NH2, N has one lone pair of electrons. OH
− enol tautomeris m
Keto
  → CH3 – CH2 – C – CH3
3 –12 –4
7.[D] Ksp = 4s = 4 × 10 ⇒ s = 10 M O
8.[A] Oxidant is the one whose O.N. decreases during
Anhyd . AlCl
the reaction. H2SO4 (O.N. of S = + 6) changes 18.[C] + CH3COCl   3 →
to SO2 (O.N. of S = + 4)
COCH3
Z× M 2 × (3a × 10 –3 )
9.[D] d= =
a3 × NA  4 × 4.52 × 10 – 3 
3
+ HCl
  × 6.02 × 10 23
 2 3 
 
= 900 kg m–3 OCH3

0.059 [Cathode]
10.[B] Ecell = E 0cell + log 19.[B]
n [Anode] CH3
0.059 0.004 Br
= [– 0.0403 – (– 0.763)] + log
2 0.2
20.[A] Libermann's reaction
0.059 0.04
= + 0.36 + log
2 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 116 MARCH 2010

 CCl3 30.[C] The existance of Fe2+ and NO+ in nitroprusside
CCl3
ion [Fe(CN)5NO]2– can be established by
1 eqv. at Br / Fe Br
21.[A]   2
→ measuring the magnetic moment of the solid
compound which should correspond to
Fe2+ = 3d6 four unpaired electron.

22.[B] CH2 = CH2 HOCl

→ 31.[B] LiNO3 on heating gives
aq . NaHCO 3 ∆
CH2 – CH2   → CH2 – OH (glycol) 4LiNO3 → 2Li2O(s) + 4NO2 + O2
Cl OH CH2 – OH
32.[D] Three dimensional sheet structure are formed
when three oxygen atoms of each [SiO4]4–
23.[A] Free rotation around carbon-carbon bond takes
tetrahedral are shared.
place easily in alkanes. Now ethane and
hexachloroethane both are alkanes, but in
hexachloroethane bulky chlorine atom is present 33.[B] Due to oscillation of free electron Na metal
while ethane is least hindered. shows metallic lusture.

24.[C] Due to the presence of –Cl group which is a +M 34.[B] Mn + 2HNO3 → Mn (NO3)2 + H2
group.
35.[A] 'Lapis Lazuli' is the aluminium silicate present
25.[A] Due to similar charges on adjacent atom the in the earth rocks as blue stone.
structure is least stable.
- - 36.[B] B < C < N < O when we move from B to O in a
-

O periodic table the first ionization enthalpy

-

- N
increase due to the attraction of nucleus towards
O- the outer most of electron and IE of N > O.
• •
26.[B] CH3 – CH3 Homolytic
 → C H 3 + C H 3 37.[B] NO2 → sp
bond fission
methyl free radical
SF4 → sp3d
Free radical is formed which is sp2 hybridised
PF6− → sp3d2
H
C—H 38.[A] Mg belongs to group 2. Therefore its size is less
H than that of Na.

39.[B] Alkali metal hydroxide KOH is highly soluble

27.[A] If atom or group of higher priority are on in water.
opposite direction at the double bond of each
carbon atom then the configuration is known as
40.[B] Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2 → 2NaHCO3
E and if they are in same direction then the
configuration is known as Z-configuration.

(2E, 4E) – 2, 4-hexadiene

MATHEMATICS
28.[C] The brown ring test for NO −2 and NO 3− is due 1.[C] y = 2x2 – log | x |
to formation of [Fe(H2O)5NO]2+ dy 1 |x| 1
= 4x – × = 4x –
dx |x| x x
29.[A] The absorption of energy or observation of 1 1
color in a complex transition compounds 4( x + )( x − )
dy 2 2
depend upon the charge of the metal ion and the =
dx x
nature of the ligand attached. The same metal
ion with different ligands shows different – + – +
absorption depending upon the type of ligand, –1/2 0 1/2
the presence of weak field ligand make the 1 1
central metal ion to absorb low energies i.e. of ∴ y has minima at x = – and x = but x = 0
2 2
higher wavelength. is not point of maxima as x = 0 is not in the
domain.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 117 MARCH 2010

 f ( x + α) f ( x + 2α) f ( x + 3α)
2.[A] f(x) = 1 + x sin x [cos x] Q g(x) = f (α ) f (2α) f (3α)
π
Q0<x≤ ⇒ 0 ≤ cos x < 1 f ' (α ) f ' (2α) f ' (3α)
2
⇒ [cos x] = 0 f ' ( x + α) f ' ( x + 2α) f ' ( x + 3α)
∴ f(x) = 1 ∴ g′ (x) = f (α ) f (2α) f (3α)
∴ f(x) is a constant function and hence f ' (α ) f ' (2α) f ' (3α)
continuous. It neither strictly increasing nor
∴ g′ (0) = 0
decreasing.
g( x )
lim = g′(0) = 0
x →0 x
 Sr 
3.[B] It is given that   × 100 = 1
 r 
f 2d e 2d f e
4 4π
v = πr3 ⇒ log v = log + 3 log r 8.[A] ∆1 = 2z 4 x 2 y = – 4x 2z 2 y (C1 ↔ C2)
3 3
e 2a b 2a e b
1 3
δv = δr 2d e f
v r
δv 3δr = 4 x 2 y 2z (C2 ↔ C3)
× 100 = × 100
v r 2a b e
=3×1=3 2a b e
Hence error in volume is with in 3 % = – 4x 2 y 2z (R1 ↔ R3)
2d e f
4.[C] Set A = {1, 2, 3} and R = {(1, 1), (2, 2)}
Since (3, 3) ∈ / R it is not reflexive 2a b e
–1
Since R = {(1, 1) (2, 2)} = R, R is symmetric = 2d e f = ∆2 (R2 ↔ R3) ∴ ∆1/∆2 = 1
Since the situation in (a, b), (b, c) ∈ R does not 4 x 2 y 2z
arise in R, R is also transitive.
Also R ∩ R–1 = {(1, 1), (2, 2)} ⊂ DA = {(1, 1) 9.[D] Q All coins are identical
(2, 2) (3, 3)} ∴ First we will give 3 coin to each person so
⇒ R is anti symmetric that every one has at least 3 rupee, now rest
Hence (ii) (iii) and (iv) are correct. 5 coin we have to distribute among 5 person in
such a way that any one can get any no. of coin.
5.[C] {(A – B) ∪ (B – C) ∪ (C – A)}C = (A ∪ B ∪ C) ∴ Total no. of ways
5+5–1
– {(A – B) ∪ (B – C) ∪ (C – A)} C5 – 1 = 9C4 = 126
= A ∩ B ∩ C { Q A ∪ B ∪ C = universal set} {Q No. of ways of distributing n identical thing
among r person when any one can get any no. of
6.[C] (B–1 AB)2 = (B–1AB) (B–1 AB) = (B–1ABB–1 thing is n + r –1Cr–1
AB)
= (B–1 AIAB) = (B–1 A2B) 10.[C] x1 < x2 ≤ x3 < x4 < x5 ≤ x6 gives rise to the
(B–1AB)3 = (B–1AB)2 (B–1AB) = (B–1A2B) (B– following four cases
1
AB) x1 < x2 < x3 < x4 < x5 < x6
= (B–1A2BB–1AB) = (B–1A2IAB) x1 < x2 = x3 < x4 < x5 < x6
= (B–1 A3B) x1 < x2 < x3 < x4 < x5 = x6
Now (B–1 AB)4 = (B–1AB)3 (B–1AB) x1 < x2 = x3 < x4 < x5 = x6
= (B–1A3B) (B–1AB) ∴ Total ways 9C6 + 9C5 + 9C5 + 9C4
= B–1A4B = 10C6 + 10C5 = 11C6

g( x )  0   a 2 a 4 
7.[A] Q g(0) = 0 ∴ lim   form 11.[D] 2 1 + + + .... = ea + e–a
x →0 x 0 4
 2 
∴ lim g′(x) = g′(0) ... (1)
x →0 1 n2 +1
= eln n + e– ln n = n + =
n n

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 118 MARCH 2010

 (a + c)2 + 4b2 – 4b (a + c) ≤ 0
 2
18 ⇒ a2 + c2 + 2ac + 4b2 – 4ab – 4bc ≤ 0
12.[A]  x−  ⇒ (a + c – 2b)2 ≤ 0
 x
⇒ 2b = a + c i.e. a, b, c are in A.P.
Let (r +1 )th term is independent of x
1
18 × − 0 18.[C] f(x) = (x – a1) (x – a3) (x – a5) + 2 (x – a2) (x –
2 nα − m
∴r= =6 {Qr= } a4) (x – a6) = 0
1
+1 α +β a1 < a2 < a3 < a4 < a5 < a6
2 f(a1) = 2 (a1 – a2) (a1 – a4) (a1 – a6) < 0
∴ (r + 1) = 7th term is independ of x f(a2) = (a2 – a1) (a2 – a3) (a2 – a5) > 0
6
 2 ∴ At least one real root lies in (a1, a2)
∴ 7th term is 18C6 ( x )18–6  − 
 x Similarly, at least one real roots lies in each
18 6 interval (a3, a4) and (a5, a6)
= C6 2
But f(x) is cubic, therefore there are only three
roots.
2 3
2 1 2.5  1  2 .5 .8  1  Hence the equation f(x) = 0 has one real roots in
13.[C] S = 1 + . +   +   +..
3 2 3.6  2  3 .6 .9  2  each interval (a1,a2) (a3,a4) and (a5,a6)
..
2 19.[A] xdx + zdy + (y + 2z)dz = 0
2/3  1  (2 / 3)(5 / 3)  1  ⇒ xdx + 2zdz + zdy + ydz = 0
= 1 +   +   +
1 2 2 2 xdx + 2zdz + d(yz) = 0
(2 / 3)(5 / 3)(8 / 3)  1 
3
x2
  +... + z2 + yz = c
3 2 2
2
−2 / 3 −
 1 1 3 20.[A] slope of tangent
= 1 −  =  = 2 2 / 3 = 41/3
 2 2 dy
= 2x + 1
dx
−1 + i 3 − 3 −i ⇒ y = x2 + x + C
14.[D] Q ω = ⇒ iω = when x = 1, y = 2
2 2
∴2=1+1+C ⇒C=0
π
∴ arg (iω) = π + ∴ y = x2 + x
6 1

∫ (x
2
−1 − i 3 3 −i ∴ Required area = + x ) dx
Q ω2 = ⇒ iω2 =
2 2 0
1
π  x3 x 2  5
∴ arg (iω2) = 2π – =  +  =
6
 3 2 
0
6
∴ arg iω + arg iω2 = 3π

21.[B]
1 1 r
15.[A] Q = =
log 2 r 4 1 2
log 2 4 y = ex y = e–x
r
n
r 1  n (n + 1)  n (n + 1) R Q
∴ ∑
r =1
2
= 
2 2 
=
4 S O P
e – x : x ≥ 0
16.[C] a1 + a8 + a15 = 3a1 + 21d = 15 y = e–|x| = 
⇒ a1 + 7d = 5 e x : x < 0
a2 + a3 + a8 + a13 + a14 = 5 a1 + 35d By symmetry
= 5(a1 + 7d) Let P = (t , 0) then
= 5 × 5 = 25 Q( t, e–t), R = (–t, e–t)
and S = (– t, 0)
17.[B] Qb > 0 ∴D≤0 ∴ Area of rectangle = 2te–t = f(t) say

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 119 MARCH 2010

 df 1 1 1 1
then = 2{–te–t + e–t} = 0 ⇒ t = 1 = + + =
dt 3a 3a 3a a
d 2f
= 2{ – (1 – t)e–t – e–t} < 0 for t = 1 r
dt 2 26.[C] | a | 2 = p2 + 25 + 289 = p2 + 314
r 2
Hence, maximum area 2/e | b | = 4q + 169 + 1 = 4q + 170
According to question
r r
 sin xdx if sin x ≥ 0
 ∫ | a |2 = | b |2
∫
22.[C] I = | sin x | dx =  ⇒ p2 + 314 = 4q + 170
 ∫
− sin xdx if sin x < 0
⇒ p2 = 4q – 144
= – cos x + C if sin x ≥ 0 = 4(q – 36)
cos x + C if sin x < 0 p, q are +ve integer
= cos x . sgn (sinx) + C 1 ≤ p, q ≤ 1000
 1 ; sin x > 0 p is even integer let p = 2 K then
| sin x |  4K2 = 4(q – 36) ⇒ K2 = q – 36
{Q sgn (sinx) = =  0 ; sin x = 0
sin x − 1 ; sin x < 0 Q 1 ≤ K2 ≤ 964
 ⇒ 1 ≤ K ≤ 31
∴ Number of ordered pairs (p, q) = 31
2
d 1 φ( x )  r r r
23.[B] From the option  log 
dx 2  f ( x )  27.[D] ∴ | a + b + c | = 1
r
r r rr rr rr
⇒ | a |2 + | b |2 + | c |2 + 2( a.b + b.c + c.a ) = 1
 φ( x )   f ( x )φ' ( x ) − φ( x )f ' ( x )  f (x) r r r
= log    2  × 1 1 1 rr Q c = λa × b 
 f (x)   f (x)  φ( x ) ⇒ + + + 2( b.a ) = 1  r r r
2 3 6 r
 c ⊥ a and c ⊥ b 
f ( x )φ' ( x ) − φ( x )f ' ( x )  φ( x )  r r r r
= × log  
f ( x )φ( x )  f (x)  ⇒ b.a = 0 ⇒ b ⊥ a
f ( x )φ' x − φ( x )f ' ( x ) φ( x ) π
∴ ∫ f ( x )φ( x )
log
f (x)
dx ∴ Angle between them is
2
2
1  φ( x )  x2 y2
=  log  +C 28.[D] + = 1 will represents an ellipse is
2  f ( x )  8−a a −2
8 – a > 0, a – 2 > 0 and 8 – a ≠ a – 2
⇒ a < 8, a > 2 and a ≠ 5
dy c2
24.[D] =– 2 ∴ a∈ (2, 8) – {5}
dx x
 dy  − c2 x ' y' y' 29.[D] y = x – 1 is a focal chord of the parabola
⇒  = = − =–
 dx  ( x ', y ') ( x ' )
2
(x' ) 2
x ' y2 = 4x. Therefore tangent at its extremities are
perpendiculars.
∴ Equation of tangent at (x′,y′) is
y' 30.[D]
y – y′ = – (x – x′)
x' A1
Which meets the co-ordinate axes at A and B (–1, 1) B (1, 1)
(say) then A = (2x′, 0), B = (0, 2y′)
A O
Mid point of AB is (x′, y′) B1
(–1, –1) (1, –1)
25.[D] D.R's of OP = a, a, ,a
∴ Equation of plane ⊥ to OP and passing A1B1 = 2 2
through P is AB = 2 2 – 2 = 2( 2 – 1)
a(x – a) + a(y – a) + a (z – a) = 0
⇒ x + y + z = 3a OA = 2 – 1
Intercepts on axes made by the planes are taking origin as centre and OA as radius circle
3a, 3a, 3a will touches all four circle
∴ Sum of reciprocal of the intercepts ∴ equation of circle is

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 120 MARCH 2010

 x2 + y2 = ( 2 – 1)2 dy 1 + x tan x − x (tan x + x sec 2 x )
⇒ =
x2 + y2 = 3 – 2 2 dx (1 + x tan x ) 2

1 − x 2 sec 2 x
31.[A] =
(1 + x tan x ) 2
(0, 2)
y = x2 y = cos2x

P(a, a2) O π/2 π

(2, 0)
dy
Clearly a > 0 = 0 ⇒ x2 = cos2x
Also P lies on that side of line x + y = 2 dx
Where origin lies π
There is only one point in (0, ) say x, at
∴ a + a2 – 2 < 0 ⇒ (a – 1) (a + 2) < 0 2
⇒ – 2 < a < 1 but a > 0 dy
which =0
∴0<a<1 dx
∴ a ∈ (0, 1) dy
at x1 – h ⇒ x2 < cos2x ∴ >0
dx
32.[D] Triangle is right angled at O(0, 0). Therefore
orthocentre is O(0, 0) and circumcentre is mid dy
& at x1 + h ⇒ x2 > cos2 x ∴ <0
a b dx
point of hypotense i.e.  , 
2 2 ∴ at x1 slope change from + ve to – ve
∴ Distance between orthocentre and ∴ There is only one critical point
1 2  π
circumcentre = a + b2 in  0,  at which f(x) has local maxima.
2  2

33.[B] Let a = 3K, b = 7 K and c = 8K

a+b+c 36.[B] 3cos2θ – 2 3 sinθ cosθ + 3sin2θ = 0
∴s= = 9K
2 ( 3 cosθ + sinθ) (cosθ – 3 sinθ) = 0
R abc s abcs 1
there = . = ⇒ tan θ = or tanθ = – 3
r 4∆ ∆ 4s(s − a )(s − b)(s − c) 3
3K.7 K.8K 7 R 7 π π
= = ⇒ = ∴ θ = nπ + or θ = nπ –
4.6K 2K K 2 r 2 6 3
∴ | r – s| = | – 3 – 6| = 9
34.[D] sinx (sinx + cosx) = K
⇒ sin2 x + sinx cos x = K
n π π n
1 − cos 2 x sin 2 x 37.[B] cot–1 > ⇒ < cot–1 < π, n∈ N
⇒ + =K π 6 6 π
2 2
{ Q cot–1x ∈ 0 (a, π)}
1
⇒ (sin2x – cos2x + 1) = K n
2 ⇒–∞< < 3
π
Q – 2 ≤ sin 2x – cos 2x ≤ 2
– ∞<n< 3π
1− 2 sin 2 x − cos 2 x + 1 2 +1
⇒ ≤ ≤ – ∞ < n < 5.4
2 2 2
⇒ max. n = 5 {Q n ∈ N}
1− 2 2 +1
⇒ ≤K≤
2 2 38.[A] ∴ tan π [x] = 0 ∀ x ∈ R since [x] ∈ Z
Period of {x} = 1
x ⇒ Period of sin 3π{x} = 1
35.[B] y = f(x) =
1 + x tan x Hence period of f(x) = 1

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 121 MARCH 2010

 | x |  xy − y 
39.[C] f(x) = cos–1 log [ x ]   ⇒ xy2 + y1 – y1 = aey/x  1 2 
 x   x 
|x| ⇒ x3y2 = aey/x (xy1 – y) = (xy1 – y)2 (from 2)
For domain >0
x 1
⇒ (xy1 – y)2 = x3
⇒ x ∈ (0, ∞) y2
and [x] > 0 and [x] ≠ 1
3 −1 0 1
⇒ x ≥ 2 ∴ x ∈ [2, ∞)

⇒
|x| | x |
= 1 then log[x]   =0
44.[B] ∫
−2
f ( x )dx = ∫
−2
f ( x )dxt ∫
−1
∫
f ( x )dx + f ( x )dx
0
x  x  2 3

f(x) = cos–10 =
π
2
∫
+ f ( x )dx +
1
∫ f (x )dx
2

= (–2)3 + (–1)3 + 03 + 13 + 23 = 0
40.[C] ∴ f(a) = 0
log e {1 + 6f ( x )}  0 
∴ lim   form 1
x →a 3f ( x ) 0 45.[B] x2f(x) + f   = 2
x
log e {1 + 6f ( x )}
⇒ lim 2 × =2×1=2 3
1 1
x →a 6f ( x ) I= ∫ f (x )dx put x =
t
, dx = − 2 dt
t
log e {1 + x} 1/ 3
Q lim =1 1/ 3 3
x →0 x 1 1 1 1
⇒I= – ∫
3
f  . 2 dt =
t t ∫ f  x . x
1/ 3
2
dx
2
x − 9 x + 20
41.[D] lim 3
x →5 + x − [x]  1  1 
2
(5 + h ) − 9(5 + h ) + 20 h +h 2
⇒ 2I =
1/ 3
∫  f (x) + x 2
f   dx
 x 
= lim = lim =0
h →0 5 + h − [5 + h ] h →0 h 3 3
 2  1  1 2
lim–
2
x − 9 x + 20
= lim
(4 − h ) − 9(4 − h ) + 202 = ∫  x f ( x ) + f   2 dx =
1/ 3 
 x  x ∫x
1/ 3
2
dx
x →4 x − [x] h →0 4 − h − [4 − h ]
3
h2 + h 1  1  16
= lim =0 ∴P=0 = − 2  = – 2  − 3 =
h →0 1− h  x 1 / 3 3  3
8
⇒I=
42.[B] f(1) = 0 3
[(1 + h ) 2 ] − 1 1−1
f(1 + 0) = lim = lim =0
h →0 2
(1 + h ) − 1 h →0 2h + h 2 LOGICAL REASONING
[(1 – h ) 2 ] – 1
0 −1
f(1 – h) = lim = lim =∞
2
h →0 (1 − h ) − 1 h →0 − 2h + h 2 1. [D] The pattern is x2 +1, x2 + 2, . . . .
⇒ f(x) is discontinuous at x = 1 Missing number = 28 × 2 + 3 = 59

2. [A] A car runs on petrol and a television works by

43.[A] (a + bx)ey/x = x ... (1) electricity.
Differentiating, w.r.t. x we get
3.[A] All except Titans are planets of the solar
y/x y/x  x. y − y  system.
be + (a + bx)e .  12  = 1
 x 
 xy − y  4. [C]
⇒ bey/x + x.  1 2  = 1 {Q (a + bx)ey/x = x}
 x 
5. [B]
⇒ bxey/x + xy1 – y = x
⇒ xy1 – y = x – bxey/x
⇒ xy1 – y = aey/x ... (2) (from (1))

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 122 MARCH 2010

 Delicious : Irrelevant as it means 'something
6. [D] very tasty.'
Comforting : 'Irrelevant' as it means 'giving
necessary comforts', whereas 'Plush' means
7.[B] The third figure in each row comprises of parts more than comforts.
which are not common to the first two figure.
Tasty : (Irrelevant)
8. [A] It means 'delicious'

4.[A] Lively : Correct synonym to 'sprightly' as both

9. [C] means, 'someone
dashing/energetic/enthusiastic'.
Beautiful : (Irrelevant)
Sportive : (Irrelevant)
10.[A] Intelligent : (Irrelevant)

5.[D] Wicked : It is almost a synonym to 'Astute'

ENGLISH Impolite : Irrelevant because it is the antonym
of 'polite'.
Cowardly : Irrelevant as it is the opposite of
1.[B] Geraff : 'bravely'.
Incorrect spelling. Foolish : (It's the correct antonym of 'Astute'
• 'e' should be replaced with 'i' which itself means 'clever, shrewd'.
• The word should end with 'e' after 'ff'
Giraffe : 6.[D] Deadly : It means 'Fatal'.
Correct spelling. Hence, this is not a proper antonym to
'innocuous'.
Giraf :
Ferocious : It means 'horrible'
'fe' is to be added in the end.
Hence, irrelevant to the opposite of 'innocuous'.
Gerraffe :
Poisonous : It means 'venomous'.
• 'Ge' is to be replaced with 'Gi' to make the
correct spelling. Hence, an irrelevant 'antonym'.
Harmful : It is a perfect antonym of innocuous
2.[B] Puncture : which itself means 'harmless'.
No error.
It makes the tyre flat. 7.[D] Corruption :
Puntuation : Irrelevant
Error of spelling Worldliness :
Correct spelling is 'Punctuation' Irrelevant
Hence 'c' is missing. Favouritism :
Pudding : Irrelevant
No error Nepotism : (Correct Answer) because
It is used as 'Dessert' It's a kind of corruption in which the authority
Pungent : in power takes the advantage of giving
No Error opportunity to their relatives in their self
interest.
It is some what 'sharp' and 'shrill'.

3.[A] Luxurious : (Plush) 8.[B] Cross : (to pass by, to intersect)

Something full of all 'amenities' making life It means different
'cozy' and 'snug'. Hence, irrelevant.
Shuttle : (Proper answer)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 123 MARCH 2010

 It's a kind of "regular beats" of an air flight or 12.[A] "Meatless days" This is the name of a novel.
bus service between the two stations. Hence, no error is there.
Travel : It means to journey. Have been made : (Erroneous)
Hence, irrelavent. Because 'have' should be replaced with 'has'
Run : (to move regularly) because 'meatless days' is a singular noun.
Hence, irrelevant. Into a film :
No error in this part of the sentence.
9.[D] Only 1 is correct : No error : Incorrect option because there is an
Inappropriate answer because sentence 1 can't error in the sentence.
be correct using 'practise' as it is a verb, whereas
the required word should be a noun. 13.[C] Looking forward : (No error)
Only 2 is correct : This is a phrase.
Sentence 2 is also wrong because the word 'to' (no error)
'practice' is wrongly used as a verb. It should be This is a preposition.
a verb like 'practise'. Hence, incorrect answer.
'Meet you here' (erroneous)
Both the sentences 1 and 2 are correct.
Because 'meet will be replaced with 'meeting'
This is not relevant.
Phrase 'looking forward to' is followed by
Both the sentences 1 and 2 are not correct.
present participle (V. I + ing) form of the Verb.
Correct option, if both the words, i.e. 'practice'
No error : (incorrect option)
and 'practise' are interchanged respectively, it
really makes a meaningful sentence. Part 'C' is erroneous.

10.[C] Sentence 1 is correct : 14.[C] Good and Evil

This option is wrong because the word This is a wrong interpretation.
'ingenuous' means 'frank and simple' which is Former and Latter :
inappropriate.
Wrong interpretation.
Sentence 2 is correct :
For and against a thing.
This option is also wrong because the word
'ingenious' means 'clever or prudent' and this is Appropriate option as it really suits the Idiom
inappropriate. ins and outs.
Both the words, i.e. 'ingenuous' and 'ingenious' Foul and Fair : (by hook or by crook)
if interchanged together respectively, it really This is an inappropriate option.
makes both the sentences meaningful.
Hence, appropriate option. 15.[A] Broke out : (to start suddenly)
Both the sentences can't be interchanged. 'Correct and relevant' option because it is used
This is an incorrect option because words have for 'wars' and 'diseases' e.g. cholera broke out in
been misinterpreted together. Surat in 1985.
Incorrect option. Set out : (to start)
it is different because it is used when one leaves
11.[C] Far off :
for somewhere
It can't be used in place of 'aloof' as far off'
means long-long ago. e.g. He set out on his long voyage to Achilese.
Hence, incorrect alternative . took out : (incorrect use)
Introvert : It means 'self-centred', Because it means differently.
Hence, It is an incorrect alternative. e.g. He took out a one rupee coin to give to the
distance : This is an appropriate word because beggar.
one of the meaning of 'aloof' is distant also Went out : (Incorrect use) Because meaning is
while keeping distance between two nouns. different
Depressed : (it means 'hopeless') e.g. : The light went out when I was preparing
Hence, quite irrelevant. for my Board Exams.
Hence, inappropriate

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 124 MARCH 2010

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 125 MARCH 2010